summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-09 00:33:43 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-09 00:33:43 +0000
commitf9e662abcd4764ed15dc598ff609d220e8382038 (patch)
treeb17660efa88c33d0b82b8fc0fd083ebf1e3d1d65 /Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe
parent812777721ecd6065f14355d9df911ab2e7f2050d (diff)
texmf-dist/bibtex
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@71 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst1283
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst1340
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst1280
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst1105
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst1130
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst1273
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst1175
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst1309
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst1310
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst1309
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst1310
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst1162
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst201
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst1161
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst1442
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst1654
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst1684
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst1292
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst1134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst1205
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst1833
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst2020
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst1835
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst1673
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst1336
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst1490
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst1368
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst1202
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst986
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst1287
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst949
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst1056
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst1012
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst1468
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst1885
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst1943
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst1885
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst1889
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst1888
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst1890
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst1883
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst1877
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst2009
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst1885
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst2150
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst1144
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc2665
48 files changed, 69430 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..629d4725341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/aaai-named.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@
+%NAME: aaai-named.bst
+% BibTeX `aaai-named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU)
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% pfps@spar.slb.com
+
+% Citation format: [author-last-name, year]
+% [author-last-name and author-last-name, year]
+% [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year]
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations. This
+% is done by having the citations actually look like
+% \citename{name-info, }year
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\cite{\def\citename##1{##1}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citename##1{}\@internalcite}
+% \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citename##1{##1}[#1]\hfill}
+% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+ key empty$ not and
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+ numnames #1 =
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+ { numnames #2 =
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ *
+ }
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ *
+
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" "}" * write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c185c90fec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/abstract.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1340 @@
+% BibTeX bibliography style `abstract' by David Kotz
+% modifed from
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `alpha'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+% DFK added abstract, comment, keyword
+ENTRY
+ { abstract
+ address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ comment
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ keyword
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+% DFK added after.quote to signify end of something not needing period
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block after.quote}
+
+% DFk added after.quote
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+ #4 'after.quote :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+% DFK added after.quote handling so no period is printed after quotes
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state after.quote =
+ { write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% DFK added, variant of output
+FUNCTION {output.quote}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { output.nonnull
+ after.quote 'output.state :=}
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% DFK changed to use cite$ for the label
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+% DFK changed to not put period when after.quote
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ output.state after.quote =
+ 'skip$
+ 'add.period$
+ if$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.abstract}
+{ abstract empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\begin{quote} {\bf Abstract:} " abstract * " \end{quote}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.keyword}
+{ keyword empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\begin{quote} {\bf Keyword:} " keyword * " \end{quote}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {format.comment}
+{ comment empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\begin{quote} {\bf Comment:} " comment * " \end{quote}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+% DFK added
+FUNCTION {dfk.stuff}
+{ new.block
+ format.abstract output.quote
+% new.block
+ format.keyword output.quote
+% new.block
+ format.comment output.quote
+}
+
+% DFK: added a call to dfk.stuff in all entry-type functions below
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ dfk.stuff
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ { numnames #4 >
+ { #3 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ numnames #4 >
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+ { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+% DFK throw away stuff above and use cite$ for sort key
+ pop$
+ cite$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0ec29f70ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotate.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@
+% BibTeX bibliography style `annotate'
+% based on alpha.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ annotate
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.annotate}
+{ annotate empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \begin{quotation}\noindent "
+ annotate
+ * " \end{quotation} " *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+ newline$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+ newline$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotate write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ { numnames #4 >
+ { #3 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ numnames #4 >
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+ { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0cae6604c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/annotation.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1105 @@
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ annote
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+ "\begin{quotation}\noindent{\sc Key:\ }" cite$ * write$
+ annote missing$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\\{\sc Annotation:\ }" write$ annote write$ }
+ if$
+ "\end{quotation}" write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..783d423f61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "June 27, 1992",
+%%% filename = "apa.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "21129 1130 3156 23582",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "Adapted from apalike.bst.
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{apa}
+%%% ...
+%%% This file incorporates features of Sake J.
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst' into`apalike.bst'.
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}', which
+%%% generates references in short form. For
+%%% example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would produce
+%%% `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8109d80d24e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/apalike2.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1273 @@
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Local modifications 10/89 -- Brian Reiser
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eho.special.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { % add.period$ write$
+ ": " write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { % add.period$ " " * write$
+ ": " * write$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eho.special.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'eho.special.output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990
+%% A special patch for output.nonnull in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ": " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990
+%% A special patch for output in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'eho.output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:13:56 1990
+%% A special patch for output.check in book environment.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'eho.output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \& " * t * } % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+%% Added by Fri Jan 12 19:03:22 1990 on Fri Jan 12 19:03:27 1990
+%% Mainly to make sure that editors have initials before last names.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.} {vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := %% initials first.
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \& " * t * } % changed from " and " for names -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", Eds." * } % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89
+ { ", Ed." * } % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> Fri Jan 12 19:11:12 1990
+%% Mainly to call eho.format.names instead of format.names and
+%% to make Eds or Ed to be surrounded by pararentheses instead of preceeded by
+%% a comma.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor eho.format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * } % changed from ", editors" -- BJR 10/5/89
+ { " (Ed.)" * } % changed from ", editor" -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ ")." *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % changed from ":" for vol,pgs -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added by Eric Ho <eho@word> Fri Jan 12 19:17:37 1990
+%% Primarily to call eho.format.editors instead of format.editors.
+
+FUNCTION {eho.format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " eho.format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:30:11 1990
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output.
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+% switched order of publisher and address for book -- BJR 10/5/89
+ address eho.output % Using eho.output instead of output.
+ publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Using eho.output.check
+ % instead of output.check.
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output.
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Using eho.output.check instead
+ % of output.check.
+ address eho.output % Using eho.output instead of output.
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+%% Modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Wed Jan 10 20:27:26 1990
+%% Making it to call eho.output.check instead of output.check and eho.output
+%% instead of output. Also modified by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Fri Jan 12
+%% 19:21:59 1990 so as to call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead of the old
+%% format.in.ed.booktitle.
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ % The above line is changed by Eric Ho <eho@word> on Fri Jan 12
+ % 19:20:28 1990 so that it'll call eho.format.in.ed.booktitle instead
+ % of format.in.ed.booktitle.
+
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages eho.special.output
+ new.sentence
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+% switched order of publisher and address for incollection -- BJR 1/3/90
+ address eho.output % Use eho.output instead of output.
+ publisher "publisher" eho.output.check % Use eho.output.check instead
+ % of output.check.
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { % format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ eho.format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages eho.special.output
+ address eho.special.output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization eho.special.output % here so things
+ publisher eho.special.output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check % change to ital title -- BJR
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % " and " -- BJR 10/5/89
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b8b6e881720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/astron.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen.
+
+% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c.
+% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY.
+% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX.
+
+% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King.
+
+% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely
+% used among astronomical journals.
+% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces: (Author, year)
+% in the text; the \cite* command only: (year) .
+
+% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by
+% Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright Notice:
+% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX,
+% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package.
+% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes,
+% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice
+% in tact.
+% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all
+% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same.
+% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names,
+% other than the present.
+% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or
+% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect,
+% incidental, or consequential damages.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { ", " * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { ", " * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.extra}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull.extra
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.extra}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.extra
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ ": " year * extra.label *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (eds.)" * }
+ { " (ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.extra}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.ed.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (eds.)" * }
+ { " (ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page.number}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t "" =
+ { #0 }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "No." }
+ { "No." }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.page}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p.~" pages first.page.number * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chapt." }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " format.editors.extra * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "in" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "in "
+ }
+ { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "in" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra
+ format.vol.num.page output.extra
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.page output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ address output % for apalike
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.btitle "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8942b0f6e4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate1.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the
+% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+% works have been consulted:
+% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic
+% references", 1978.
+% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.)
+% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular:
+% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise,
+% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+% or "howpublished, address".
+% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents
+% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+% This file differs from authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst
+% in that:
+% - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever
+% combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file.
+% - Author's and editor's names are in roman.
+%
+% The combination of authordate1.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+% When
+% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+% appears in the input file,
+% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+% appears in the final document.
+%
+% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from
+% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+% David Rhead
+% Cripps Computing Centre
+% Nottingham University
+% March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ month empty$
+ { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages
+ if$ % 186-189.
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs.
+ { " (eds)" * } % to avoid
+ { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between
+ if$ % "editor" and
+ } % "edition".
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title} % Nothing needs
+{ title empty$ % doing here in
+ { "" } % authordate1.bst
+ { title } % or
+ if$ % authordate3.bst.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" } % Don't change case
+ { title emphasize } % in
+ if$ % authordate1.bst
+} % or
+ % authordate3.bst.
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+ { "" }
+ { number multi.page.check
+ { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$ % 450-451.
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " Vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { new.block
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the
+{ pages empty$ % reader has read
+ { "" } % address, pub'r,
+ { pages multi.page.check % note (where the
+ { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with
+ { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he
+ if$ % may not recognise
+ } % a number-range as
+ if$ % meaning pages.
+} % Avoid ambiguity
+ % (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { month }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume boldface field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ { month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" month * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pagesinbook
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chap." }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { pages empty$
+ { "{\em In:} " }
+ { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+ { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { " of:} " * }
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51
+ { "" } % of Chicago, at
+ { editor empty$ % expense of not
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects
+ booktitle emphasize * } % shown in 16.50
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on
+ format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of
+ booktitle emphasize * } % Butcher and in
+ if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629.
+ }
+ if$ % Don't change
+} % case.
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type % Don't change
+ } % case.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs.
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { } % Whatever was
+ { number tie.or.space.connect } % having its case
+ if$ % changed, leave
+} % it alone.
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address ": " * }
+ if$
+ publisher *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an
+{ address empty$ % an organization
+ { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher
+ { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "{\em In:}"
+ }
+ { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize % Don't change
+ "journal" output.check % case.
+ format.vol.num.date.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ new.block % BS 1629 (rather
+ format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+ fin.entry % than Chicago,
+} % p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output }
+ { format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can
+ format.edition output % come out via this
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too.
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ new.block
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ format.addr.org output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev.
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher,
+ school "school" output.check % page 174.
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", &
+ % Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For sensible
+ or or % treatment of
+ 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in
+ { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629.
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year empty$
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago,
+ } % page 457.
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ year
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the
+{ 's := % order of entries
+ #1 'nameptr := % specified in item
+ "" % (3) on page 187
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher.
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names
+ { nameptr #1 > % matter for
+ { " " * } % sorting.
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Anything that's
+ nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes
+ { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2
+ { % authors.
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting
+{ calc.label % passes, from
+ label sortify % apalike.bst.
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For Singer
+ or or % in BS 1629.
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Code needed here
+ % if \citeauthor
+ % and \citeyear
+ label extra.label * 'label := % were supported.
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b777fe80789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate2.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@
+% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the
+% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+% works have been consulted:
+% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic
+% references", 1978.
+% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.)
+% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular:
+% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise,
+% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+% or "howpublished, address".
+% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents
+% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst and authordate4.bst
+% in that:
+% - Titles of journals, articles and boooks are "downstyle". Apart from the
+% first character, and the first character following : and white space,
+% uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}.
+% - Author's and editor's names are in roman.
+%
+% The combination of authordate2.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+% When
+% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+% appears in the input file,
+% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+% appears in the final document.
+%
+% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from
+% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+% David Rhead
+% Cripps Computing Centre
+% Nottingham University
+% March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ month empty$
+ { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages
+ if$ % 186-189.
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs.
+ { " (eds)" * } % to avoid
+ { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between
+ if$ % "editor" and
+ } % "edition".
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title} % Howells example
+{ title empty$ % in BS 5605 comes
+ { "" } % out wrong because
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % Patashnik
+ if$ % capitalizes
+} % after a colon.
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ emphasize }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+ { "" }
+ { number multi.page.check
+ { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$ % 450-451.
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " Vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { new.block
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the
+{ pages empty$ % reader has read
+ { "" } % address, pub'r,
+ { pages multi.page.check % note (where the
+ { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with
+ { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he
+ if$ % may not recognise
+ } % a number-range as
+ if$ % meaning pages.
+} % Avoid ambiguity
+ % (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { month }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume boldface field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ { month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" month * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pagesinbook
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chap." }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { pages empty$
+ { "{\em In:} " }
+ { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+ { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { " of:} " * }
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51
+ { "" } % of Chicago, at
+ { editor empty$ % expense of not
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects
+ booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % shown in 16.50
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on
+ format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of
+ booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % Butcher and in
+ if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629.
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs.
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address ": " * }
+ if$
+ publisher *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an
+{ address empty$ % an organization
+ { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher
+ { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "{\em In:}"
+ }
+ { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize
+ "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.date.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ new.block % BS 1629 (rather
+ format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+ fin.entry % than Chicago,
+} % p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output }
+ { format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can
+ format.edition output % come out via this
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too.
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ new.block
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ format.addr.org output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev.
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher,
+ school "school" output.check % page 174.
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", &
+ % Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For sensible
+ or or % treatment of
+ 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in
+ { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629.
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year empty$
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago,
+ } % page 457.
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ year
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the
+{ 's := % order of entries
+ #1 'nameptr := % specified in item
+ "" % (3) on page 187
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher.
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names
+ { nameptr #1 > % matter for
+ { " " * } % sorting.
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Anything that's
+ nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes
+ { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2
+ { % authors.
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting
+{ calc.label % passes, from
+ label sortify % apalike.bst.
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For Singer
+ or or % in BS 1629.
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Code needed here
+ % if \citeauthor
+ % and \citeyear
+ label extra.label * 'label := % were supported.
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4abade9bde8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate3.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@
+% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the
+% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+% works have been consulted:
+% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic
+% references", 1978.
+% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.)
+% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular:
+% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise,
+% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+% or "howpublished, address".
+% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents
+% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate4.bst
+% in that:
+% - The titles of articles, journals and books are left in whatever
+% combination of upper-case and lower-case appears in the .bib file.
+% - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals.
+%
+% The combination of authordate3.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+% When
+% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+% appears in the input file,
+% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+% appears in the final document.
+%
+% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from
+% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+% David Rhead
+% Cripps Computing Centre
+% Nottingham University
+% March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ month empty$
+ { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages
+ if$ % 186-189.
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" } % Small capitals
+ { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * } % for
+ if$ % authordate3.bst
+} % and
+ % authordate4.bst.
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * } % Small capitals.
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" } % Small capitals.
+ { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" *
+ editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs.
+ { " (eds)" * } % to avoid
+ { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between
+ if$ % "editor" and
+ } % "edition".
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title} % Nothing needs
+{ title empty$ % doing here in
+ { "" } % authordate1.bst
+ { title } % or
+ if$ % authordate3.bst.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" } % Don't change case
+ { title emphasize } % in
+ if$ % authordate1.bst
+} % or
+ % authordate3.bst.
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+ { "" }
+ { number multi.page.check
+ { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$ % 450-451.
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " Vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { new.block
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the
+{ pages empty$ % reader has read
+ { "" } % address, pub'r,
+ { pages multi.page.check % note (where the
+ { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with
+ { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he
+ if$ % may not recognise
+ } % a number-range as
+ if$ % meaning pages.
+} % Avoid ambiguity
+ % (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { month }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume boldface field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ { month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" month * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pagesinbook
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chap." }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { pages empty$
+ { "{\em In:} " }
+ { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+ { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { " of:} " * }
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51
+ { "" } % of Chicago, at
+ { editor empty$ % expense of not
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects
+ booktitle emphasize * } % shown in 16.50
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on
+ format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of
+ booktitle emphasize * } % Butcher and in
+ if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629.
+ }
+ if$ % Don't change
+} % case.
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type % Don't change
+ } % case.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs.
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { } % Whatever was
+ { number tie.or.space.connect } % having its case
+ if$ % changed, leave
+} % it alone.
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address ": " * }
+ if$
+ publisher *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an
+{ address empty$ % an organization
+ { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher
+ { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "{\em In:}"
+ }
+ { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize % Don't change
+ "journal" output.check % case.
+ format.vol.num.date.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ new.block % BS 1629 (rather
+ format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+ fin.entry % than Chicago,
+} % p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output }
+ { format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can
+ format.edition output % come out via this
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too.
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ new.block
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ format.addr.org output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev.
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher,
+ school "school" output.check % page 174.
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", &
+ % Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For sensible
+ or or % treatment of
+ 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in
+ { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629.
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year empty$
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago,
+ } % page 457.
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ year
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the
+{ 's := % order of entries
+ #1 'nameptr := % specified in item
+ "" % (3) on page 187
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher.
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names
+ { nameptr #1 > % matter for
+ { " " * } % sorting.
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Anything that's
+ nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes
+ { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2
+ { % authors.
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting
+{ calc.label % passes, from
+ label sortify % apalike.bst.
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For Singer
+ or or % in BS 1629.
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Code needed here
+ % if \citeauthor
+ % and \citeyear
+ label extra.label * 'label := % were supported.
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b41f2504361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/authordate4.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@
+% This BibTeX 0.99 style file is intended for documents that use the
+% author-date citation system. It should be used in conjunction with the
+% authordate1-4.sty (or equivalent) LaTeX style-option.
+%
+% In deciding on the bibliography layout to be implemented, the following
+% works have been consulted:
+% 1. British Standard 5605: "Citing publications by bibliographic
+% references", 1978.
+% 2. British Standard 1629: "Bibliographic references", 1976.
+% (Note: There is now a 1989 edition.)
+% 3. "Copy-editing" by Judith Butcher, Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+% 4. "The Oxford Dictionary for Writers and Editors", Oxford University
+% Press, 1981 (for abbreviations).
+% 5. "The Chicago Manual of Style", Chicago University Press, 1982.
+%
+% Discretion has been used in certain matters. In particular:
+% - Titles are italic except when there is a "contribution title" and
+% a "main publication title", in which case the "contribution title"
+% is roman while the "main publication title" is italic.
+% - When there is a PUBLISHER, it is assumed that ADDRESS contains "place of
+% publication"; output is of the form "place-of-publication: publisher".
+% When there is an ORGANIZATION as well as a PUBLISHER, output is of the
+% form "place-of-publication: publisher, for organization". Otherwise,
+% it is assumed that ADDRESS is a postal address, and output is of the
+% form "institution, address", "organization, address", "school, address"
+% or "howpublished, address".
+% - If there is a MONTH but no VOLUME or NUMBER for a journal-article, the
+% MONTH is used on the assumption that it contains information that is
+% equivalent to VOLUME or NUMBER. MONTH is ignored for other documents
+% that have a PUBLISHER, but output after YEAR for anything else.
+% - When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified with INBOOK, it is assumed that
+% these fields are being used to pick out particular pages of interest
+% (as an alternative to using the optional [...] argument of \cite);
+% the information is put at the very end of the entry, in line with BS 1629.
+% When CHAPTER and/or PAGES are specified for INCOLLECTION or INPROCEEDINGS,
+% it is assumed that the fields are being used to specify the location of
+% the part/article of interest; the information is put before the
+% BOOKTITLE, in line with Chicago's treatment of "parts" and "chapters".
+% - Since "volume" can be used in various ways (see page 219 of Butcher),
+% this file assumes that, when there is a SERIES, any VOLUME and NUMBER
+% refer to position in the SERIES (i.e. Butcher's meaning 4).
+% If there is a VOLUME but no SERIES, it is assumed that VOLUME refers
+% to a volume within a particular work (i.e. Butcher's meaning 1, 2 or 3).
+% For INPROCEEDINGS and INCOLLECTION, this information goes after the
+% BOOKTITLE. (If you prefer to have volume information before EDITOR,
+% as on page 449 of Chicago, you can set TYPE = "Vol." with INCOLLECTION.)
+%
+% This file differs from authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst and authordate3.bst
+% in that:
+% - Titles of articles, journals and books are "downstyle". Apart from the
+% first character, and the first character following : and white space,
+% uppercase letters are converted to lowercase unless protected by {}.
+% - Author's and editor's names are in small capitals.
+%
+% The combination of authordate4.bst and authordate1-4.sty allows citations
+% of the form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+% When
+% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+% appears in the input file,
+% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+% appears in the final document.
+%
+% This file was developed from apalike.bst. It also uses code taken from
+% acm.bst, aaai-named.bst, btxbst.doc, ieeetr.bst and siam.bst.
+%
+% David Rhead
+% Cripps Computing Centre
+% Nottingham University
+% March 1990
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.month.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ month empty$
+ { " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { " " year * extra.label * " (" * month * ")." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { add.period$ write$
+ " " year * extra.label * "." *
+ after.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, ff}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { ", {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { ", \& " * t * } % Butcher, pages
+ if$ % 186-189.
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" } % Small capitals
+ { "{\sc " * author format.names "}" * } % for
+ if$ % authordate3.bst
+} % and
+ % authordate4.bst.
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { "{\sc " * key field.or.null "}" * } % Small capitals.
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" } % Small capitals.
+ { "{\sc " * editor format.names "}" *
+ editor num.names$ #1 > % Use ODWE abbrevs.
+ { " (eds)" * } % to avoid
+ { " (ed)" * } % ambiguity between
+ if$ % "editor" and
+ } % "edition".
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title} % Howells example
+{ title empty$ % in BS 5605 comes
+ { "" } % out wrong because
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % Patashnik
+ if$ % capitalizes
+} % after a colon.
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ emphasize }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.numberinseries}
+{ number empty$
+ { "" }
+ { number multi.page.check
+ { ", nos. " number n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { ", no. " number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklike.series.volume.number} % Chicago, pages
+{ series empty$ % 450-451.
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " Vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollectionlike.series.volume.number}
+{ series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ { " vol. " volume * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { new.block
+ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series }
+ { series format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { series ", vol. " volume * * }
+ { series ", vol. " * volume * format.numberinseries * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pagesinbook} % By the time the
+{ pages empty$ % reader has read
+ { "" } % address, pub'r,
+ { pages multi.page.check % note (where the
+ { "Pages " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % note may end with
+ { "Page " pages tie.or.space.connect } % numbers), s/he
+ if$ % may not recognise
+ } % a number-range as
+ if$ % meaning pages.
+} % Avoid ambiguity
+ % (Butcher, p.181).
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.date.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { month }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume boldface field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ { month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" month * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.inbook}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pagesinbook
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chap." }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { pages empty$
+ { "{\em In:} " }
+ { "{\em " format.pagesinbook " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ { "{\em Chap. " chapter * }
+ { "{\em " type * " " * chapter * }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { " of:} " * }
+ { ", " * format.pagesinbook "l" change.case$ " of:} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} % Achieves effect
+{ booktitle empty$ % shown in 16.51
+ { "" } % of Chicago, at
+ { editor empty$ % expense of not
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % achieving effects
+ booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % shown in 16.50
+ { format.chapter.pages.incoll % of Chicago, on
+ format.editors * ", " * % page 189 of
+ booktitle "t" change.case$ emphasize * } % Butcher and in
+ if$ % 4.4 of BS 1629.
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. rept." } % ODWE abbrevs.
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address empty$
+ { "" }
+ { address ": " * }
+ if$
+ publisher *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.pub.org} % If there's an
+{ address empty$ % an organization
+ { publisher * ", for " * organization * } % and a publisher
+ { address ": " * publisher * ", for " * organization * } % too.
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.inst}
+{ address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { institution ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.addr.org}
+{ address empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization ", " * }
+ if$
+ address *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "{\em In:}"
+ }
+ { " Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "{\em In:}"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal "t" change.case$ emphasize
+ "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.date.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ new.block % BS 1629 (rather
+ format.chapter.pages.inbook "chapter and pages" output.check
+ fin.entry % than Chicago,
+} % p. 451)
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output }
+ { format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output }
+ if$
+ output.year.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$ % Chapter and/or
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle output % page numbers can
+ format.edition output % come out via this
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output % route, too.
+ new.block
+ format.addr.pub "publisher" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ new.block
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ incollectionlike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ format.addr.org output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "M.Phil. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % ODWE abbrev.
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % Butcher,
+ school "school" output.check % page 174.
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ publisher empty$
+ { output.year.month.check }
+ { output.year.check }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ booklike.series.volume.number output
+ new.block
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.addr.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ { format.addr.pub output }
+ { format.addr.pub.org output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.addr.inst "institution" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ output.year.month.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} % ODWE, "months", &
+ % Chicago, p. 383.
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.\ }\relax" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For sensible
+ or or % treatment of
+ 'author.editor.key.label % Singer in
+ { type$ "proceedings" = % BS 1629.
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year empty$
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ "n.d." * 'label := % Chicago,
+ } % page 457.
+ {
+ "\protect\citename{" swap$ * ", }" *
+ year
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names} % To produce the
+{ 's := % order of entries
+ #1 'nameptr := % specified in item
+ "" % (3) on page 187
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % of Butcher.
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > nameptr #3 < and } % Only 1st 2 names
+ { nameptr #1 > % matter for
+ { " " * } % sorting.
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Anything that's
+ nameptr #2 = numnames #2 > and % "et al" goes
+ { "zzzzz" * } % after works by 2
+ { % authors.
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort} % Two sorting
+{ calc.label % passes, from
+ label sortify % apalike.bst.
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ type$ "incollection" = % For Singer
+ or or % in BS 1629.
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % Code needed here
+ % if \citeauthor
+ % and \citeyear
+ label extra.label * 'label := % were supported.
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ff4df8fdafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bbs.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "Feb 15, 1991",
+%%% filename = "bbs.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "63919 1162 3279 24277",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%% less in the format of Behavioral and Brain
+%%% Sciences. It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%% incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{bbs}
+%%% ...
+%%%
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%% which generates references in short form.
+%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ {"ed. " editor format.ed.names * }
+ { editor format.ed.names ", ed." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "(" edition "l" change.case$ * " ed.)" * }
+ { "(" edition "t" change.case$ * " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In: " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.edition output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.edition output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.edition output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+% address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.edition output
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+% address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+% address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+% address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+% address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+% address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e33cf5e0418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/bibtoref.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Ciaran McHale",
+%%% version = "1.00",
+%%% date = "21 July 1992",
+%%% time = "12:34:24 MDT",
+%%% filename = "bibtoref.bst",
+%%% address = "Department of Computer Science,
+%%% Trinity College,
+%%% Dublin 2,
+%%% Ireland",
+%%% telephone = "+353-1-772941 ext 1538",
+%%% FAX = "+353-1-772204",
+%%% telex = "93782 TCD EI",
+%%% checksum = "04276 201 698 5689",
+%%% email = "cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie or
+%%% cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu"
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "This BibTeX style file translates selected
+%%% BibTeX bibliographies entries into UNIX
+%%% refer format. It is based on a bib style
+%%% file by Kannan Varadhan.
+%%%
+%%% To use it, create a temporary LaTeX file
+%%% that contains the \cite{...} entries you
+%%% want to convert, or else use \nocite{*} to
+%%% convert all of them. Such a file might
+%%% look like this:
+%%%
+%%% \documentstyle{article}
+%%% \begin{document}
+%%% \bibliographystyle{bibtoref}
+%%% \nocite{*} % or \cite{...,...,...}
+%%% \bibliography{BIBFILENAME}
+%%% \end{document}
+%%%
+%%% Run latex then bibtex on the sample file;
+%%% the UNIX refer bibliography will appear in
+%%% the corresponding .bbl file.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+ENTRY
+ { % entry fields
+ abstract % non standard
+ address
+ annote % non standard
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ keywords % non standard
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {} % no integer entry variables
+ { label extra.label sort.label } % label entry variables
+
+
+STRINGS { s t a.name }
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {handle.names}
+{ 't := % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors
+ 's := % the string containing the names
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name :=
+
+ a.name "others" =
+ 'skip$ % don't print out "%A others"
+ { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty}
+{
+ 't :=
+ duplicate$
+ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {translate}
+{
+ newline$ % get a blank line between each entry
+
+ title "T" handle.maybe.empty
+ booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty
+
+ % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently
+ author empty$
+ { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { author "A" handle.names }
+ if$
+ editor "E" handle.maybe.empty
+ journal "J" handle.maybe.empty
+ keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty
+ cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty
+ volume "V" handle.maybe.empty
+ abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty
+
+ % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year
+ % or might even be just the month
+ month empty$ year empty$ and
+ 'skip$ % no date of publication so nothing to do
+ {
+ month empty$ % I'm using the if statement because I'm not
+ { "" } % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work.
+ { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about
+ if$ % this so I'm playing safe)
+ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ { year }
+ if$
+ *
+ "D" handle.maybe.empty
+ }
+ if$
+ pages "P" handle.maybe.empty
+ note "O" handle.maybe.empty
+ number "N" handle.maybe.empty
+ series "S" handle.maybe.empty
+ annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty
+ address "C" handle.maybe.empty
+
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article} { translate }
+FUNCTION {book} { translate }
+FUNCTION {booklet} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inbook} { translate }
+FUNCTION {incollection} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {manual} { translate }
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {misc} { translate }
+FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {techreport} { translate }
+FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate }
+FUNCTION {default.type} { translate }
+
+
+READ
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85c176fa861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cbe.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1161 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "1990",
+%%% filename = "cbe.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "13520 1161 3284 24308",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%% less in the Council of Biology Editors
+%%% format, which is used by Evolution,
+%%% American Naturalist, & lots of other
+%%% journals. It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%% incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{cbe}
+%%% ...
+%%%
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%% which generates references in short form.
+%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " " year * extra.label *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {smallcaps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names smallcaps }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.editor.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (eds.)" * }
+ { " (ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title %emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { "" }
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+% { "{\em In} " booktitle emphasize * }
+% { "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "{\em In} " booktitle * }
+ { "{\em In} " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize " " * format.vol.num.pages * output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.pages output
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d831b7a619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/cell.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1442 @@
+% BibTex `cell' bibliography style
+% version = 1.25 of cell.bst 1994 October 15
+% from version = 1.27 of jmb.bst 1992 October 22
+
+% conversion from JMB to Cell by:
+% changing emphasis to roman (\em to \rm)
+% bold face to roman (\bf to \rm) (on volume)
+% making the volume be italics
+% removing the comma after the journal name
+%
+% Thomas Schneider
+% National Cancer Institute
+% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+% Frederick, Maryland 21702-1013
+% toms@ncifcrf.gov
+%
+% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila.
+%
+% TITLES can be turned on and off!
+% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn})
+% and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key!
+%
+% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these
+% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style
+% while other things are neglected. Also, I can't guarantee that the style
+% is exactly right.
+%
+% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst,
+% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were
+% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they
+% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added.
+% Titles were removed :-(.
+%
+% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+% than `and', as required by JMB.
+% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics.
+% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all
+% mid sentence commas go!)
+% Made volume number be bold faced.
+% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+% a comma after the name.
+% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the
+% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put
+% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title.
+% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off!
+% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+% and have a bibliography article in your database
+% with that cite key!
+% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+% titles of the article - no control! So in function
+% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+% Names in the bibliography are now connected
+% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+% "In" is now "In:".
+% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis.
+% pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+% 1992 October 22 (TDS) Publisher address is at the end of books.
+% with no colon after address.
+% no comma before & in name list in bibliography.
+% The extra.label (as the a of 1991a) is emphasized.
+% "In:" goes back to "In"!
+% publisher address is at the end of inproceedings.
+% volume is "vol.", with comma after number.
+% ed.", and comma after ) closing editors.
+% as a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next
+% ed, but the format.title function uses
+% which leaves it capitalized. To fix this, a
+% place change.case$ must be written.
+%
+% When a title has a colon (:), JMB does NOT want the next
+% word capitalized, but the format.title function uses
+% change.case$, which leaves it capitalized. To fix this, a
+% function to replace change.case$ was written:
+% special.change.case
+%
+% edition should follow TITLE for books!
+
+% possible bug: sorting order probably should be first author followed
+% by year; but this is not absolutely clear. Sorting here is (I think)
+% by all authors (or perhaps the key) then year.
+
+
+ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+ docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+
+ #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+ #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+% "in of output.nonnull" warning$
+
+% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+% { " " * write$ } % That does it!
+
+ { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+ docomma #0 =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+% "out of output.nonnull" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+% "in output.check" warning$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { t "title" =
+ { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull % block periods
+ % { pop$ } % don't do anything
+ if$
+% "ouT of output.check" warning$
+}
+
+% t "title" =
+% { "zowie" warning$ }
+% { duplicate$ empty$
+% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+% 'output.nonnull
+% }
+% if$
+% if$
+%}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+ write$
+% " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label
+
+% zzz here is the problem:
+% extra.label "BLURB" * warning$
+ " ({\rm{" extra.label * "}})" * % TDS emphasized label
+% "BLORB" warning$
+
+ { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=}
+% "BLUBEL" warning$
+
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+% "BLIP" warning$
+ }
+ { write$
+
+% " (" year * extra.label * ")" * % TDS UNemphasized label
+ " (" year * "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * ")" * % TDS emphasized label
+
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+% "POW" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\rm " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+% { "," * } % remove this comma TDS
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", eds" * } % TDS
+ { ", ed." * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.change.case}
+% change the entire string to lower case except
+% for the first letter and things inside {}
+% That is, force the first letter after a colon (:) to be lower case
+% but otherwise use the change.case$ rules.
+{
+% title "t" change.case$ % TDS this line was the original method
+
+% start with the first letter of the title, hang on stack
+title #1 #1 substring$
+
+% unearth this to see the breakpoint
+%"|---|" *
+
+% take the title, change to entire lower case.
+title "l" change.case$
+
+% take from second position of lowered title to end of title
+#2
+global.max$
+substring$
+
+% concatenate first letter to rest of title
+*
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { % decide whether to give the title or not
+ givetitles #1 =
+% { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title % TDS original function
+ { special.change.case } % produce the title
+ { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+% { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS
+ { "vol." volume "," * tie.or.space.connect % made vol.
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+% "volume and number" number either.or.check % TDS
+ "vol. and num." number either.or.check % made vol.
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\rm " volume "}" * * field.or.null % make volume bold face
+
+% cell does not take numbers
+% number empty$
+% 'skip$
+%% { " (" number * ")" * *
+% { " ({\em " number "\/}" * * ")" * * % CELL IS ITALICS
+%% zzz
+% volume empty$
+% { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+% 'skip$
+% if$
+% }
+% if$
+
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * % That's the comma after the title
+ "(" format.editors ")," * * * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In " % TDS
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+ {
+ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+% "===> about to" warning$
+ output.year.check % apalike
+% "===> after it" warning$
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+ % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing
+ % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing
+
+ journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+ { journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+% { journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma
+ { journal " " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma NONE FOR CELL
+ if$
+ emphasize "journal" output.check
+
+% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ format.edition output % TDS JMB position for edition
+% new.sentence
+% #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+% address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+% #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ address output % TDS - no colon!
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+% format.edition output % TDS original position of edition
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+ address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent. TDS NOW
+ format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages
+ pages empty$
+ { output }
+ { "," * output } % TDS toss in comma instead of period
+ if$
+
+% address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+% new.sentence % TDS remove period
+ organization output
+ #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+% publisher output % are simpler
+ address output % TDS
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis," format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+% "===> about to unpuBLISH" warning$
+ output.year.check % apalike
+% "===> out of to unpuBLISH" warning$
+ new.block
+% "===> PLEASE PLEASE BE HERE" warning$
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+ if$
+% "===> perfidity 1" warning$
+ "title" output.check
+% "===> perfidity" warning$
+
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+
+% "===> GOlly done" warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\rm et~al.}, 1986|
+% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ { % got it!
+% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+ "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+ #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\rm et~al.}" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "{\rm et al}" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label...
+ { % then increment the extra number
+ last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ % and convert it to a label
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { % else set things up for the next entry
+ "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+ % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+ year empty$
+ {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+ {"" 'extra.label :=}
+ if$
+
+% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+ label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time
+ }
+ if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+% year empty$
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+% if$ }
+% if$
+
+% label extra.label * 'label := % TDS ORIGINAL LABEL METHOD
+
+% stick {\rm } around extra.label if it's not empty TDS
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { label "{\rm{" extra.label "}}" * * * 'label :=}
+ if$
+
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+ sort.label % this is based on the author name
+ " " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+% year field.or.null sortify
+%
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {pop$ cite$}
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ * " " * % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+% title field.or.null
+% sort.format.title
+% * % attach them together
+ cite$
+ * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+ % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+ % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+
+ % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+ % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..511f3aa5fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicago.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Glenn Paulley",
+%%% version = "4",
+%%% date = "28 August 1992",
+%%% time = "10:23:39 199",
+%%% filename = "chicago.bst",
+%%% address = "Data Structuring Group
+%%% Department of Computer Science
+%%% University of Waterloo
+%%% Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
+%%% N2L 3G1",
+%%% telephone = "(519) 885-1211",
+%%% FAX = "(519) 885-1208",
+%%% checksum = "26323 1654 5143 37417",
+%%% email = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the
+%%% `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of
+%%% the Chicago Manual of Style. A detailed
+%%% feature list is given below.",
+%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicago.bst
+% ===================================
+%
+% BibTeX `chicago' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called chicago.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option.
+% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.)
+% found at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+% Citation format: (author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name et al. year)
+% (author-last-name)
+% author-last-name (year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name et al.)
+% (year) or (year,year)
+% year or year,year
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations
+% actually look like
+%
+% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional
+% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined
+% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses
+% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence.
+%
+% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+% Features of chicago.bst:
+% =======================
+%
+% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available
+% (see above)
+% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed
+% as part of that bibitem.
+% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&"
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+% only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+% article entries.
+% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization)
+% for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately.
+% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except
+% articles.
+% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor
+% is present (for manuals).
+% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others"
+% is used.
+%
+% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst:
+% ===========================================
+%
+% - added month, year to bib entries if month is present
+% - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title
+% - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&"
+% - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is
+% generated when "others" is an author name
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+% only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+% article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers
+% were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period.
+% - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required).
+% - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume,
+% number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol.
+% - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if
+% book has a volume.
+% - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause
+% (format.editors.dot) removed.
+% - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor
+% are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then
+% the key field is used for abbreviated citations.
+% - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written
+% between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional
+% in newapa.bst). Fixed.
+% - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg.
+% IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number
+% was always present.
+%
+% Original documentation for newapa.sty:
+% =====================================
+%
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst',
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher
+% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals,
+% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings).
+%
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ": " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.colon}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull.colon
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.colon
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label *
+ month empty$
+ { ")" * }
+ { ", " * month * ")" * }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+%
+% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first,
+% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name.
+% All names are formatted in this routine.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { nameptr #1 =
+ {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+ {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := % get the next name
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+%
+% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by
+% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted.
+%
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+% { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection,
+% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the
+% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors
+% by last name first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names.fml
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+% { "" }
+% { title }
+% if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { title empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { volume empty$ % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period
+ { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+ { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { volume empty$ % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume
+ { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *}
+ { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed ()
+ { "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages
+%
+% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.jour.vol}
+{ journal empty$
+ { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" }
+ { journal emphasize.space }
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" * }
+ { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume empty$
+ {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$
+ "~(" * number * ")" * }
+ { "~" *
+ volume emphasize.space
+ "(" * number * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ { type "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "See"
+ "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "See"
+ " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% format.lab.names:
+%
+% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information.
+% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label
+% to format author and editor fields.
+%
+% There are 4 cases for labels. (n=3 in the example)
+% a) one author Foo
+% b) one to n Foo, Bar and Baz
+% c) use of "and others" Foo, Bar et al.
+% d) more than n Foo et al.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #2 > % change number to number of others allowed before
+ % forcing "et al".
+ { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+ {
+ numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ #2 'nameptr :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null.
+%
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null.
+%
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+%
+% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort
+% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used
+% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst.
+% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a
+% citation label if author or editor is missing.
+%
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ author empty$ % generate the full label citation information.
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ "??" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor my.full.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author my.full.label }
+ if$
+
+% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required.
+
+ "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+% year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+%
+% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.)
+%
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ 'label.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$
+ calc.label write$
+ sort.year write$
+ "}]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.jour.vol output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors
+ "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors
+ output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors
+ "author and editor" output.check
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher
+ "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle
+ "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull
+% left out comma before page numbers
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref
+ output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle
+ "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ format.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output.colon
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization "organization" output.check
+ organization format.key output } % if all else fails, use key
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+ address output
+ organization "organization" output.check.colon
+% address output
+% ":" output
+% organization output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output
+ organization format.key output } % gnp - changed from author format.key
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+% author format.key output % gnp - removed (should be either
+% editor or organization
+ output.year.check % added (newapa)
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output.colon
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution
+ "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { " et~al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$
+ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+%
+% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then
+% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for
+% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from
+% alpha.bst.
+%
+{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa
+ 'sort.label := % added for newapa
+ sort.label % added for newapa
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, year, author/editor, title
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%
+% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one.
+% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine
+% if two entries are the same (see presort)
+%
+{ last.label
+ calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ = % are they equal?
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label.year extra.label * 'sort.year :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5816719e3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/chicagoa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Glenn Paulley",
+%%% version = "4",
+%%% date = "28 August 1992",
+%%% time = "10:24:38 199",
+%%% filename = "chicagoa.bst",
+%%% address = "Data Structuring Group
+%%% Department of Computer Science
+%%% University of Waterloo
+%%% Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
+%%% N2L 3G1",
+%%% telephone = "(519) 885-1211",
+%%% FAX = "(519) 885-1208",
+%%% checksum = "62428 1684 5231 38311",
+%%% email = "gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the
+%%% `B' reference style of the 13th Edition of
+%%% the Chicago Manual of Style. Supports annotated
+%%% bibliographies through the BibTeX field
+%%% `annotation'. A detailed feature list is given
+%%% below.",
+%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% "Chicago" BibTeX style, chicagoa.bst - Chicago style with annotations
+% =====================================================================
+%
+% BibTeX `chicagoa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called chicagoa.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+% You need to include chicago.sty as a \documentstyle option.
+% (Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% This "chicago" style is based on newapa.bst (American Psych. Assoc.)
+% found at ymir.claremont.edu. Annotation support added 07/09/92.
+% Modifications are loosely based on Chicago Manual of Style.
+%
+% Citation format: (author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name, author-last-name, and author-last-name year)
+% (author-last-name et al. year)
+% (author-last-name)
+% author-last-name (year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name et al.)
+% (year) or (year,year)
+% year or year,year
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations
+% actually look like
+%
+% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+% These TeX macro definitions are found in chicago.sty. Additional
+% commands to manipulate different components of a citation can be defined
+% so that, for example, you can list author's names without parentheses
+% if using a citation as a noun or object in a sentence.
+%
+% This file was originally copied from newapa.bst at ymir.claremont.edu.
+%
+% Features of chicago.bst:
+% =======================
+%
+% - supports an "annotation" field for annotated bibliographies.
+% - full names used in citations, but abbreviated citations are available
+% (see above)
+% - if an entry has a "month", then the month and year are also printed
+% as part of that bibitem.
+% - all conjunctions use "and" instead of "\&"
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+% only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+% article entries.
+% - book, inbook, and manual use "location: publisher" (or organization)
+% for address and publisher. All other types list publishers separately.
+% - "pp." are used to identify page numbers for all entry types except
+% articles.
+% - organization is used as a citation label if neither author nor editor
+% is present (for manuals).
+% - "et al." is used for long author and editor lists, or when "others"
+% is used.
+%
+% Modifications and bug fixes from newapa.bst:
+% ===========================================
+%
+% - added month, year to bib entries if month is present
+% - fixed bug with In proceedings, added necessary comma after title
+% - all conjunctions changed to "and" from "\&"
+% - fixed bug with author labels in my.full.label: "et al." now is
+% generated when "others" is an author name
+% - major modification from Chicago Manual of Style (13th ed.) is that
+% only the first author in a reference appears last name first-
+% additional authors appear as J. Q. Public.
+% - pages are listed as "pp. xx-xx" in all entry types except
+% article entries. Unnecessary (IMHO) "()" around page numbers
+% were removed, and page numbers now don't end with a period.
+% - created chicago.sty for use with this bibstyle (required).
+% - fixed bugs in FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} for missing volume,
+% number, and /or pages. Renamed to format.jour.vol.
+% - fixed bug in formatting booktitles: additional period an error if
+% book has a volume.
+% - fixed bug: editors usually given redundant period before next clause
+% (format.editors.dot) removed.
+% - added label support for organizations, if both author and editor
+% are missing (from alpha.bst). If organization is too long, then
+% the key field is used for abbreviated citations.
+% - In proceedings or books of several volumes, no comma was written
+% between the "Volume x" and the page numbers (this was intentional
+% in newapa.bst). Fixed.
+% - Some journals may not have volumes/numbers, only month/year (eg.
+% IEEE Computer). Fixed bug in article style that assumed volume/number
+% was always present.
+%
+% Original documentation for newapa.sty:
+% =====================================
+%
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst',
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ annotation
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+% Use a colon to separate output. Used only for address/publisher
+% combination in book/inbook types, address/institution for manuals,
+% and organization:publisher for proceedings (inproceedings).
+%
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ": " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.colon}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull.colon
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.colon
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label *
+ month empty$
+ { ")" * }
+ { ", " * month * ")" * }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Emphasize the top string on the stack, but add a trailing space.
+%
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+%
+% Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first,
+% and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name.
+% All names are formatted in this routine.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { nameptr #1 =
+ {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+ {s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := % get the next name
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+%
+% Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by
+% last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted.
+%
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+% { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.annotation}
+{ annotation empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \begin{quotation}\noindent "
+ annotation
+ * " \end{quotation} " *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection,
+% inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the
+% LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors
+% by last name first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names.fml
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+%
+% Format editor names for use in labels, last names first.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+% { "" }
+% { title }
+% if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { title empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { volume empty$ % gnp - check for volume, then don't need period
+ { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+ { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { volume empty$ % gnp - extra period an error if book has a volume
+ { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." *}
+ { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp.\ " pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % gnp - removed ()
+ { "pp.\ " pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+% GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages
+%
+% Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.jour.vol}
+{ journal empty$
+ { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" }
+ { journal emphasize.space }
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" * }
+ { "~{\em " * Volume * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume empty$
+ {"no volume for " cite$ * warning$
+ "~(" * number * ")" * }
+ { "~" *
+ volume emphasize.space
+ "(" * number * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" * } % gnp - place a null string on the stack for output
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % gnp - removed pp. for articles
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ { type "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "See"
+ "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "See"
+ " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% format.lab.names:
+%
+% determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information.
+% "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label
+% to format author and editor fields.
+%
+% There are 4 cases for labels. (n=3 in the example)
+% a) one author Foo
+% b) one to n Foo, Bar and Baz
+% c) use of "and others" Foo, Bar et al.
+% d) more than n Foo et al.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #2 > % change number to number of others allowed before
+ % forcing "et al".
+ { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+ {
+ numnames #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ #2 'nameptr :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, editor in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null.
+%
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+%
+% added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null.
+%
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+%
+% Changed - GNP. See also author.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort
+% Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used
+% for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst.
+% The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a
+% citation label if author or editor is missing.
+%
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ author empty$ % generate the full label citation information.
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "no author, editor, or organization in " cite$ * warning$
+ "??" }
+ { organization }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor my.full.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author my.full.label }
+ if$
+
+% leave label on the stack, to be popped when required.
+
+ "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+% year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+%
+% save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.)
+%
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ 'label.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$
+ calc.label write$
+ sort.year write$
+ "}]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.jour.vol output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors
+ "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors
+ output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors
+ "author and editor" output.check
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher
+ "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle
+ "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull
+% left out comma before page numbers
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref
+ output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle
+ "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ format.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output.colon
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization "organization" output.check
+ organization format.key output } % if all else fails, use key
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+ address output
+ organization "organization" output.check.colon
+% address output
+% ":" output
+% organization output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Ph.\ D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output
+ organization format.key output } % gnp - changed from author format.key
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+% author format.key output % gnp - removed (should be either
+% editor or organization
+ output.year.check % added (newapa)
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output.colon
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution
+ "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+ format.annotation write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { " et~al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { "missing author in " cite$ * warning$
+ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+%
+% added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst).
+% Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations
+%
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+%
+% Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then
+% sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for
+% including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from
+% alpha.bst.
+%
+{ calc.label sortify % recalculate bibitem label
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa
+ 'sort.label := % added for newapa
+ sort.label % added for newapa
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, year, author/editor, title
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+%
+% Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one.
+% Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine
+% if two entries are the same (see presort)
+%
+{ last.label
+ calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ = % are they equal?
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ calc.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label.year extra.label * 'sort.year :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1ebf5065bee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/econometrica.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@
+%%% Econometrica bibliography style
+%%% For use with harvard.sty and LaTeX2e (NFSS) or LaTeX 2.09
+%%% 24-aug-94
+%%%
+%%% Based on makebst, but with modifications by
+%%% kcb@hss.caltech.edu (KC Border)
+%%% Please report any problems to me.
+%%%
+%%% The main changes from the ouput of makebst are:
+%%% 1. Addition of a function to replace repeated authors with a 3 em dash.
+%%% (Search for compare.names, this function is portable.)
+%%% 2. Modification of output.nonnull to allow commas inside quotation marks
+%%% and no comma after year.
+%%% 3.Eliminated feature (bug?) of the harvard style of citation.
+%%% It creates a short label for subsequent citations. This alleged
+%%% feature shortens both Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991) and
+%%% Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991) to Aliprantis et~al. (1991).
+%%% This creates the need to label these as
+%%% Aliprantis, Border, and Luxemburg (1991a) and
+%%% Aliprantis, Brown, and Burkinshaw (1991b), despite the fact
+%%% that these entries have different authors. I used my own format
+%%% for creating the labels, and used the same label for
+%%% both the short and long forms. I know that the
+%%% _Chicago_Manual_of_Style recommends using Aliprantis et~al,
+%% but Econometrica regularly writes out three authors,
+%% and it is rare to cite an article with more than four authors in
+%%% Econometrica. (I couldn't find an example of even four being cited,
+%%% but I didn't spend a lot of time looking.)
+%%% 4. Addition of macros to handle editions. (My own idiosycracy.)
+%%% 5. A new entry type called issue for special issues of a journal.
+%%% (Another idiosyncracy.)
+%%% 6. Many details to conform to Econometrica's quirks.
+%%% (Search for KCB )
+%%% 7. I wrote this for use with LaTeX2e and the NFSS2. However, I did
+%%% add some macros so it will work with LaTeX 2.09.
+%%% (Search for \ifx\undefined\emph )
+%%% The remainder of this file was generated by makebst, except for
+%%% modifications marked with KCB.
+%%
+%% This is file `em.bst', generated
+%% on <1994/8/17> with the docstrip utility (2.2h).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% genbst.mbs (with options: `ay,har,nm-rev1,nmft-sc,dt-beg,yr-par,tit-qq,atit-u,thtit-a,volp-com,edby,blk-com,pp,ed,abr,and-com,nfss')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** Econometrica style ***
+%%
+%% (Here are the specifications of the source file)
+%% \def\filename{genbst.mbs}
+%% \def\filedate{1994 July 1}
+%% \def\fileversion{1.3}
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09
+%%-------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% NOTICE:
+%% This file may be used for non-profit purposes.
+%% It may not be distributed in exchange for money,
+%% other than distribution costs.
+%%
+%% The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+%% Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+%% Postfach 20
+%% D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+%% Germany
+%%
+%% E-mail:
+%% SPAN-- nsp::linmpi::daly (note nsp also known as ecd1)
+%% Internet-- daly@linmpi.dnet.gwdg.de
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a style option to function properly.
+ % The appropriate style file is: harvard.sty
+ % The form of the bibitem entries is
+ % \harvarditem[Jones et al.]{Jones, Baker, and Smith}{1990}{key}...
+ % There are style changes that may be specified in the text with
+ % the command \citationstyle.
+ % \citeasnoun{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \cite{key} ==>> (Jones et al. 1990)
+ % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al. 1990, chap. 2)
+ % On the first citation of any work, the full author list is used.
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label } %%%KCB: removed long.label
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+%%%KCB: new output state, no.comma
+INTEGERS { no.comma}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+ #4 'no.comma := %%%KCB
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+
+%%%KCB: revise to use new output state
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state no.comma = %%%KCB: if in this state, write a space
+ { " " * write$ before.all 'output.state := } %%%KCB
+ { output.state mid.sentence = %%%KCB: add brace at beginning
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ } %%%KCB: matching brace
+ if$ %%%KCB: test for no.comma state
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\harvarditem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" label * "}{" * write$ %%%KCB: replaced long.label with label
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "????" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label * "}{" * write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%%%KCB: Here is a portable set of routines to check for repeated authors
+%%% and replace them with a 3 em dash
+%%% According to _Chicago_Manual_of_Style_, a dash is used to
+%%% replace an author's name only if the entire list is the same, so:
+%%% Compare names. See if prev.name is identical to CurrList.
+%%% If not, then just output CurrList.
+%%% If so, replace with \BySame
+%%% I use a conservative matching scheme,
+%%% and check to see if full names are identical,
+%%% even though we only use initials.
+%%% This may mean that you have to correct your .bib database
+%%% to ensure consistency.
+%%%
+%%% sample usage:
+%%% search for {format.author}
+
+INTEGERS {currNum prevNum}
+
+STRINGS {PrevList CurrList prev.name PrevTemp CurrTemp}
+
+%%%KCB: Initialize prev.name ot some nonsense string:
+
+FUNCTION {init.prev.name}
+{
+"My puppy Harley" 'prev.name :=
+}
+
+%%%KCB: Must EXECUTE {init.prev.name} after READ
+
+%%%KCB: <CurrList> compare.names <modified name list>
+FUNCTION {compare.names}
+{ prev.name 'PrevList :=
+ duplicate$ 'prev.name := % make current list the new previous list
+ 'CurrList :=
+ PrevList num.names$ 'prevNum :=
+ CurrList num.names$ 'currNum :=
+%
+ prevNum currNum = %% If prevNum = currNum
+ { "" 'PrevTemp := %% Then take this branch
+ "" 'CurrTemp :=
+ #1 'nameptr := %%% start with first name in each list
+ { nameptr prevNum > not }%% while nameptr <= prevNum
+%% Format both lists the same way.
+%% Use full names: bib file might need to be corrected
+ {
+ PrevList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ PrevTemp * 'PrevTemp :=
+ CurrList nameptr "{ff }{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ CurrTemp * 'CurrTemp :=
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := }
+ while$
+%% Now compare :
+ PrevTemp CurrTemp = %% If PrevTemp = CurrTemp
+ { "\BySame{}" }
+ { CurrList }
+ if$
+ }
+ { CurrList } %% If not prevNum = currNum
+ if$ %% If prevNum = currNum
+}
+
+%%%
+%%%
+%%%KCB: End of new routine.
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ ", " *
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " {\small and} " * t * } %%%KCB: added \small
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ ", " *
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " {\small and} " * t * } %%%KCB: added \small
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\textsc{" author compare.names format.names * "} " * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\textsc{" editor compare.names format.names * " }" *
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (eds.)" * }
+ { " (ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names.ed
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title
+ "``" swap$ * ",'' " *
+ }
+no.comma 'output.state := %%%KCB:
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{ "in " }
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
+ pop$ "????" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ " (" swap$ * extra.label * "):" * %%%KCB: added :
+ before.all 'output.state := %%%KCB:
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+no.comma 'output.state := %%%KCB:
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "no." }
+ { "No." }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chap." }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { word.in booktitle emphasize * }
+ { word.in booktitle emphasize * ", ed. by " * %%%KCB: abbrv ed.
+ format.in.editors * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Discussion Paper" } %%%KCB: changed default
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ word.in
+ }
+ { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ mid.sentence 'output.state := %%%KCB:
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ {
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+%%%KCB: special issue of a journal with a special editor
+
+FUNCTION {issue}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title output
+ howpublished output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+%%%KCB: removed computer science journal macros
+%%%KCB: added following macros for editions
+MACRO {first} {"1st "}
+MACRO {second} {"2d "}
+MACRO {third} {"3d "}
+MACRO {fourth} {"4th "}
+MACRO {fifth} {"5th "}
+MACRO {sixth} {"6th"}
+MACRO {seventh} {"7th "}
+MACRO {eighth} {"8th "}
+MACRO {ninth} {"9th "}
+MACRO {tenth} {"10th "}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+%%%KCB: Change format of labels:
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {format.long.lab.names}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+%%%KCB: use entire year field as label
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ type$ "issue" = %%%KCB: need for new entry type
+ or %%%KCB
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", "
+ *
+ year field.or.null
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+%%%KCB: removed FUNCTION {calc.long.label}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}"
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ type$ "issue" = %%%KCB: need for new entry type
+ or %%%KCB
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+EXECUTE {init.prev.name} %%%KCB: needed for replacing repeated authors
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+ calc.short.label
+%%%KCB: removed calc.long.label
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+%%%KCB: add defn of \BySame, can be overridden in document
+"\ifx\undefined\BySame" write$ newline$
+ "\newcommand{\BySame}{\leavevmode\rule[.5ex]{3em}{.5pt}\ }"
+ write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+%%% KCB: For those who still cling to LaTeX 2.09
+"\ifx\undefined\textsc" write$ newline$
+ "\newcommand{\textsc}[1]{{\sc #1}}"
+ write$ newline$
+ "\newcommand{\emph}[1]{{\em #1\/}}"
+ write$ newline$
+"\let\tmpsmall\small" write$ newline$
+"\renewcommand{\small}{\tmpsmall\sc}" write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+%%%
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+"Done." top$ %%%KCB: Signal end for NeXTeX's TexView
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%% End of customized bst file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..039498ebd7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humanbio.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "1990",
+%%% filename = "humanbio.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "32432 1134 3172 23669",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%% less in the format of the journal Human
+%%% Biology. It was adapted from apalike.bst,
+%%% incorporating features of Sake J.
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{humanbio}
+%%% ...
+%%%
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%% which generates references in short form.
+%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " " year * extra.label * "" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..425ac08d789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/humannat.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1205 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.03",
+%%% date = "29 June 1992",
+%%% time = "09:34:02 MDT",
+%%% filename = "humanbio.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "39728 1205 3408 25147",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%% less in the format of the journals Human
+%%% Nature and American Anthropologist. It was
+%%% adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
+%%% features of Sake J. Hogeveen's
+%%% `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{humannat}
+%%% ...
+%%%
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%% which generates references in short form.
+%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+% " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ " " year * extra.label * % for humannature
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name last
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+ "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" * % for humannature
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author empty$
+ { editor format.names }
+ { editor format.editor.names }
+ if$
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", eds." * } % for humannature
+ { ", ed." * } % for humannature
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { "\leavevmode\nopagebreak\newline" * }
+ { "" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher}
+{ address empty$
+ {
+ publisher empty$
+ { "" }
+ { publisher }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ publisher empty$
+ { address ": [publisher unknown]" * }
+ { address ": " * publisher * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "Pp.~" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "P.~" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ format.address.publisher output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.block
+ format.address.publisher output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.block
+ format.address.publisher output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass} % this function came from ASTRON.BST (ARR)
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5e4eaa102ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-abbrv.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1833 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:03 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%% version = "2.03",
+%%% date = "15 May 1996",
+%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%% filename = "is-abbrv.bst",
+%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%% Department of Mathematics
+%%% University of Utah
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%% USA",
+%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%% checksum = "47504 1833 4630 37425",
+%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%% derived from that modification. It contains
+%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%% citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%% written with
+%%%
+%%% day = {23},
+%%% month = aug,
+%%%
+%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%% forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%% month = {23~} # aug,
+%%% month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%% These older forms are, of course, still
+%%% handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%% extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%% in the generated style files warning the user
+%%% not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%% and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%% Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%% selected, correct output will always be
+%%% obtained.
+%%%
+%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%% to suppress their output altogether. That
+%%% way, output identical to that of the four
+%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%% with these extended files, if these macros
+%%% are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%% URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently,
+%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%% this:
+%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%% normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%% URL<space>. The grouping braces ensure that
+%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO
+%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%% characters
+%%%
+%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%% there.)
+%%%
+%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%% you might define
+%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%% \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%% filter step like
+%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%% will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%% do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can
+%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%% to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%% extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%% in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%% numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%% like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%% ISSN.
+%%%
+%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals
+%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%% price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and
+%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%% already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%% Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%% substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%% line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+
+ coden
+
+ day
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+
+ isbn
+
+
+ issn
+
+ journal
+ key
+
+ lccn
+
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+
+ price
+
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+
+ URL
+
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+
+ { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't := % save input page range string
+ t 'original.t := % save original page range
+ "" 'b := % beginning page number
+ "" 'e := % ending page number
+ { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition
+ { % while-loop body
+ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash?
+ {
+ t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number
+ "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+ }
+ {
+ b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string
+ e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+ { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string
+ { original.t } % no, return the original page number string
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { " " * day * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { year }
+ { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ month " " *
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { day * ", " * }
+ if$
+ year *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block pages " pp." * }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ pages multi.page.check
+ { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+ { pages 'new.pages := }
+ if$
+ new.pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+ key empty$ not and
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ title emphasize "title" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+
+ format.url output
+
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ type$ "book" =
+
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+ "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+ " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$
+ " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e30c422a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-alpha.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2020 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:04 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%% version = "2.03",
+%%% date = "15 May 1996",
+%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%% filename = "is-alpha.bst",
+%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%% Department of Mathematics
+%%% University of Utah
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%% USA",
+%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%% checksum = "49675 2020 5086 41225",
+%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%% derived from that modification. It contains
+%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%% citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%% written with
+%%%
+%%% day = {23},
+%%% month = aug,
+%%%
+%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%% forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%% month = {23~} # aug,
+%%% month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%% These older forms are, of course, still
+%%% handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%% extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%% in the generated style files warning the user
+%%% not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%% and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%% Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%% selected, correct output will always be
+%%% obtained.
+%%%
+%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%% to suppress their output altogether. That
+%%% way, output identical to that of the four
+%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%% with these extended files, if these macros
+%%% are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%% URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently,
+%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%% this:
+%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%% normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%% URL<space>. The grouping braces ensure that
+%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO
+%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%% characters
+%%%
+%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%% there.)
+%%%
+%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%% you might define
+%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%% \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%% filter step like
+%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%% will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%% do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can
+%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%% to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%% extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%% in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%% numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%% like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%% ISSN.
+%%%
+%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals
+%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%% price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and
+%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%% already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%% Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%% substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%% line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+
+ coden
+
+ day
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+
+ isbn
+
+
+ issn
+
+ journal
+ key
+
+ lccn
+
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+
+ price
+
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+
+ URL
+
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+
+
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't := % save input page range string
+ t 'original.t := % save original page range
+ "" 'b := % beginning page number
+ "" 'e := % ending page number
+ { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition
+ { % while-loop body
+ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash?
+ {
+ t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number
+ "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+ }
+ {
+ b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string
+ e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+ { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string
+ { original.t } % no, return the original page number string
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { " " * day * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { year }
+ { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ month " " *
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { day * ", " * }
+ if$
+ year *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block pages " pp." * }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ pages multi.page.check
+ { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+ { pages 'new.pages := }
+ if$
+ new.pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+ key empty$ not and
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ title emphasize "title" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+
+ format.url output
+
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ { numnames #4 >
+ { #3 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ numnames #4 >
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+ { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ *
+
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+
+ last.extra.num "z" chr.to.int$ >
+
+ % Generate -1, -2, ... suffixes
+ { "-" last.extra.num "a" chr.to.int$ - #1 + int.to.str$ * 'extra.label := }
+ % Generate a, b, ..., z suffixes
+ { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{
+
+ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+ "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+ " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$
+ " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e044f2cc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-plain.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1835 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:06 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%% version = "2.03",
+%%% date = "15 May 1996",
+%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%% filename = "is-plain.bst",
+%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%% Department of Mathematics
+%%% University of Utah
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%% USA",
+%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%% checksum = "22091 1835 4654 37711",
+%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%% derived from that modification. It contains
+%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%% citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%% written with
+%%%
+%%% day = {23},
+%%% month = aug,
+%%%
+%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%% forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%% month = {23~} # aug,
+%%% month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%% These older forms are, of course, still
+%%% handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%% extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%% in the generated style files warning the user
+%%% not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%% and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%% Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%% selected, correct output will always be
+%%% obtained.
+%%%
+%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%% to suppress their output altogether. That
+%%% way, output identical to that of the four
+%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%% with these extended files, if these macros
+%%% are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%% URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently,
+%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%% this:
+%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%% normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%% URL<space>. The grouping braces ensure that
+%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO
+%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%% characters
+%%%
+%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%% there.)
+%%%
+%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%% you might define
+%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%% \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%% filter step like
+%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%% will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%% do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can
+%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%% to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%% extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%% in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%% numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%% like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%% ISSN.
+%%%
+%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals
+%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%% price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and
+%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%% already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%% Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%% substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%% line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+
+ coden
+
+ day
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+
+ isbn
+
+
+ issn
+
+ journal
+ key
+
+ lccn
+
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+
+ price
+
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+
+ URL
+
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+
+ { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't := % save input page range string
+ t 'original.t := % save original page range
+ "" 'b := % beginning page number
+ "" 'e := % ending page number
+ { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition
+ { % while-loop body
+ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash?
+ {
+ t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number
+ "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+ }
+ {
+ b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string
+ e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+ { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string
+ { original.t } % no, return the original page number string
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { " " * day * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { year }
+ { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ month " " *
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { day * ", " * }
+ if$
+ year *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block pages " pp." * }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ pages multi.page.check
+ { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+ { pages 'new.pages := }
+ if$
+ new.pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+ key empty$ not and
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ title emphasize "title" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+
+ format.url output
+
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ type$ "book" =
+
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+
+SORT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+ "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+ " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$
+ " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d7b4dd5790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/is-unsrt.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1673 @@
+%% =====================================================================
+%% WARNING: Do NOT edit this file. It was produced automatically by
+%% Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% from file://plot79.math.utah.edu/u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc
+%% on Wed May 15 10:36:08 MDT 1996.
+%% =====================================================================
+%%%=====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%%% version = "2.03",
+%%% date = "15 May 1996",
+%%% time = "10:35:51 MDT",
+%%% filename = "is-unsrt.bst",
+%%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%%% Department of Mathematics
+%%% University of Utah
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%%% USA",
+%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
+%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
+%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
+%%% checksum = "64263 1673 4293 35112",
+%%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%%% derived from that modification. It contains
+%%% optional added support for CODEN, ISBN, ISSN,
+%%% LCCN, and PRICE fields, extended PAGES
+%%% fields, the PERIODICAL entry, and extended
+%%% citation label suffixing.
+%%%
+%%% In addition, date formatting supports a day
+%%% keyword, so that bibliography entries can be
+%%% written with
+%%%
+%%% day = {23},
+%%% month = aug,
+%%%
+%%% instead of the language-dependent awkward
+%%% forms required by the standard styles
+%%%
+%%% month = {23~} # aug,
+%%% month = aug # {~23},
+%%%
+%%% These older forms are, of course, still
+%%% handled correctly.
+%%%
+%%% The UNIX C preprocessor can be used to
+%%% extract the standard styles, as follows:
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc >plain.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc >unsrt.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc >alpha.bst
+%%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc >abbrv.bst
+%%%
+%%% To obtain correct file header checksums, pipe
+%%% the output through the checksum program, e.g.
+%%%
+%%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc | checksum >plain.bst
+%%%
+%%% The accompanying UNIX Makefile automates this
+%%% job, and provides some extra leading comments
+%%% in the generated style files warning the user
+%%% not to modify them.
+%%%
+%%% Additional optional definitions are recognized
+%%% to provide extensions to the standard styles:
+%%%
+%%% -D_CODEN for CODEN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISBN for ISBN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_ISSN for ISSN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_LCCN for LCCN output
+%%%
+%%% -D_PRICE for price output,
+%%%
+%%% -D_BOOKPAGES for book, techreport, manual,
+%%% and thesis pages output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_URL to get World-Wide Web Uniform
+%%% Resource Locator (URL) output.
+%%%
+%%% -D_NUMERIC_SUFFIXES to get numeric
+%%% label suffixes -1, -2, ..., -26, instead of
+%%% letters a, b, ..., z, so as to correctly
+%%% handle alpha-style bibliographies with more
+%%% than 26 entries for a single author in one
+%%% year. Change letter suffix code to switch
+%%% to numeric suffixes if more than 26 letters
+%%% are used, so that no matter which scheme is
+%%% selected, correct output will always be
+%%% obtained.
+%%%
+%%% The CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, PRICE, and URL
+%%% values are wrapped inside macros \showCODEN{}
+%%% etc. that the user can provide alternate
+%%% definitions of to change the formatting, or
+%%% to suppress their output altogether. That
+%%% way, output identical to that of the four
+%%% standard BibTeX style files can be obtained
+%%% with these extended files, if these macros
+%%% are defined to expand to empty strings.
+%%%
+%%% URL handling is slightly more complex,
+%%% because URLs can contain characters which TeX
+%%% must handle in verbatim mode in a typewriter
+%%% font, and such text cannot readily appear
+%%% inside nested macro arguments. Consequently,
+%%% URLs are formatted in the .bbl file like
+%%% this:
+%%% \ifshowURL {\showURL \path|...|} \fi
+%%% where \showURL takes no argument, and
+%%% normally expands to the 4-character string
+%%% URL<space>. The grouping braces ensure that
+%%% any font changes made by \showURL remain
+%%% localized. Vertical bar is chosen as the
+%%% verbatim path delimiter, because it cannot
+%%% appear in URLs. The other prohibited ISO
+%%% Latin 1 characters are the non-printing
+%%% control characters 0..31, plus those in the
+%%% range 128..255, plus the ten special
+%%% characters
+%%%
+%%% { } [ ] \ ^ ~ < > `
+%%%
+%%% See Internet RFC 1630 (June 1994) for more
+%%% details. (Backquote is not even mentioned
+%%% there.)
+%%%
+%%% As an example of font changes, in LaTeX 2e
+%%% you might define
+%%% \newcommand{\showURL}{URL
+%%% \let \oldtt = \tt
+%%% \renewcommand{\tt}{\oldtt \itshape}}
+%%% to get URLs set in a typewriter italic font.
+%%%
+%%% If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%%% eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%%% filter step like
+%%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%%% will accomplish that job.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%%%
+%%% 2.03 [15-May-1996]
+%%% Add CODEN support, ISBN and ISSN output for Article entries,
+%%% and ISBN output for TechReport entries (yes, these sometimes
+%%% do have ISBNs).
+%%%
+%%% Add wrapper macros \showXYZ{} (XYZ = CODEN, ISBN, ISSN, LCCN,
+%%% PRICE, and URL) defined inside the thebibliography environment
+%%% to expand to XYZ (except for PRICE) and their arguments,
+%%% PROVIDED they are not already defined. That way, the user can
+%%% provide alternate definitions outside the thebibliography
+%%% environment, for example, to suppress particular ones, or
+%%% to alter the font used.
+%%%
+%%% Substantially revise leading comments to better document the
+%%% extensions.
+%%%
+%%% 2.02 [01-Apr-1996]
+%%% Add day keyword support with new code in format.date function.
+%%% Oren Patashnik will include this new keyword in standard styles
+%%% in BibTeX 1.0.
+%%%
+%%% Add new function collapse.pagerange, and use it to collapse
+%%% page ranges with identical initial and final numbers to a
+%%% single number, so that bibliography files can distinguish
+%%% between one-page documents, and documents missing final page
+%%% numbers.
+%%%
+%%% 2.01 [25-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add URL output support.
+%%%
+%%% 2.00 [12-Oct-1994]
+%%% Add support for pages in theses and manuals, treating them
+%%% like Book and InBook pages.
+%%%
+%%% Correct ISSN support: a typo caused output of ISBN instead of
+%%% ISSN.
+%%%
+%%% Wherever ISBNs are output, also output an ISSN, if one
+%%% exists, and vice versa. The reason is that some periodicals
+%%% (e.g. The X Resource, published by O'Reilly and Associates)
+%%% have both ISSN and ISBN numbers, and can be purchased either
+%%% as journal subscriptions, or as single volumes.
+%%%
+%%% For InProceedings and Proceedings output, issue a warning for
+%%% a missing publisher: even though that field is optional, a
+%%% bibliographic reference without it is incomplete.
+%%%
+%%% Remove harmless, but unneeded, single horizontal space before
+%%% price output added with version 1.03.
+%%%
+%%% Change Proceedings and InProceedings to treat address values
+%%% as publisher addresses, as they are with every other document
+%%% type, rather than as conference addresses, which belong in
+%%% the title field (that is how major libraries, including OCLC
+%%% and Library of Congress, with nearly 60M holdings, represent
+%%% them). The need for this change has been discussed with
+%%% BibTeX's author, Oren Patashnik, and there is a good
+%%% possibility that BibTeX 1.0 will contain the change
+%%% implemented here. This is an INCOMPATIBLE change that will
+%%% produce different .bbl file formatting. However, the TUG and
+%%% BibNet bibliography projects have consistently used address
+%%% to me publisher/organization/institution address, and so
+%%% already conform to the new practice.
+%%%
+%%% 1.05 [30-May-1994]
+%%% Add NUMERIC_SUFFIXES support.
+%%%
+%%% Change all preprocessor statements to put else and endif
+%%% labels inside C-style comments to conform to 1989 ISO/ANSI C
+%%% Standard.
+%%%
+%%% 1.04 [11-Nov-1993]
+%%% Add underscore prefix to new processor symbols to prevent
+%%% substitution in comments
+%%%
+%%% 1.03 [11-Oct-1993]
+%%% Add support for LCCN (Library of Congress Catalog Number)
+%%% and price fields, and make ISBN, ISSN, LCCN, and price
+%%% selectable by preprocessor conditionals.
+%%%
+%%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%%% line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%%%
+%%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%%%
+%%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+
+ coden
+
+ day
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+
+ isbn
+
+
+ issn
+
+ journal
+ key
+
+ lccn
+
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+
+ price
+
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+
+ URL
+
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+
+ { label }
+
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+
+STRINGS { b e new.pages original.t s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.coden}
+{ coden empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISBN{" isbn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showISSN{" issn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.lccn}
+{ lccn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.price}
+{ price empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\showPRICE{" price * "}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "\ifshowURL {\showURL \path|" url * "|}\fi" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {collapse.pagerange}
+{ 't := % save input page range string
+ t 'original.t := % save original page range
+ "" 'b := % beginning page number
+ "" 'e := % ending page number
+ { t empty$ not } % while-loop Boolean condition
+ { % while-loop body
+ t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = % have we found the en-dash?
+ {
+ t #3 global.max$ substring$ 'e := % yes, save ending page number
+ "" 't := % and set t to empty string to terminate loop
+ }
+ {
+ b t #1 #1 substring$ * 'b := % no, just accumulate this character
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := % and set t to the remaining string
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$ % on exit, t has ending page number string
+ e b = % are beginning and ending numbers the same?
+ { b } % yes, return the beginning page number string
+ { original.t } % no, return the original page number string
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { " " * day * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ {
+ day empty$
+ { year }
+ { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ month " " *
+ day empty$
+ { }
+ { day * ", " * }
+ if$
+ year *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block pages " pp." * }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ pages multi.page.check
+ { pages collapse.pagerange 'new.pages := }
+ { pages 'new.pages := }
+ if$
+ new.pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" new.pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" new.pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":\penalty0 " * pages collapse.pagerange n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ title emphasize "title" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date output
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check %%% <- new check for missing
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.coden output
+
+
+ format.isbn output
+
+
+ format.issn output
+
+
+ format.lccn output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+
+ format.isbn output % NB: TechReports occasionally have ISBNs
+
+
+ format.book.pages output
+
+
+ format.price output
+
+
+ format.url output
+
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+
+ format.url output
+
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+
+
+
+READ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+
+
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+
+ "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISBN \undefined \def \showISBN #1{ISBN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showPRICE \undefined \def \showPRICE #1{#1} \fi" write$ newline$
+
+
+ "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {URL } \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \path \undefined \input path.sty \fi" write$ newline$
+ "\ifx \ifshowURL \undefined" write$ newline$
+ " \newif \ifshowURL" write$ newline$
+ " \showURLtrue" write$ newline$
+ "\fi" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ca4a4dc1299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jas99.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1336 @@
+% Attempted hack to create BibTeX `jas' style for BibTeX version 0.99c
+% Journal of Atmospheric Science, Journal of Applied Meteorology
+% Monthly Weather Review
+% by Mike Moran, Dept. of Atmospheric Science, Colorado State University
+% based on `newapa' style file. Changes are documented. March 9, 1990
+% Submitted 20-JUL-1993 by Piotr J. Flatau <pflatau@macao.ucsd.edu>
+% e-mail for Mike Moran: <mmoran@cid.aes.doe.ca>
+% ========================================================================
+%
+% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1989, 1990, Stephen N. Spencer
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu
+%
+% Citation format: (author-last-name, year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name, year)
+% (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year)
+% (author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name {\em et al.})
+% (year)
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations
+% actually look like
+%
+% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+%% Added this function March 9, 1990. Used in FUNCTION format.vol.num.pages
+FUNCTION {boldcize}
+{ 's :=
+ s "" =
+ { "" }
+ { "{\bf " s * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull1}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { write$ %% This is only difference
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+%% Added this function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {output.check1}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull1 %% Only difference
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+%% " (" year * extra.label * ") " *
+ ", " year * extra.label * ": " *
+%% March 9, 1990
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+%% Added this entire function based on JAS98.BST (March 10, 1990)
+FUNCTION {format.names.reverse1}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1 (name pointer variable);
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft := % namesleft = numnames (names left variable);
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+%% So long as "namesleft" is positive, execute following function
+ {
+%% s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+%% ** Co-authors section
+ {
+ s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format
+ namesleft #1 >
+%% ** Not last author
+ { ", " * t * }
+%% ** Last author
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+%% ** First author section
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % Set name format
+ t
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+%% { author format.names }
+ { author format.names.reverse1 }
+%% March 10, 1990
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+%% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+%% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ { pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+%%{ volume field.or.null
+{volume field.or.null boldcize %% March 9, 1990
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+%% { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } %% March 9, 1990
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+%% { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.editors * }
+%% March 11, 1990
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 10, 1990
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+%% format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ pages output %% March 20, 1990
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+%% format.chapter.pages output %% March 20, 1990
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ pages output %% March 20, 1990
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+%% new.sentence %% March 17, 1990
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ pages output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+%% format.title output
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+%% new.block %% March 17, 1990
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ pages output %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+%% format.title "title" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check1 %% March 11, 1990
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft }
+
+STRINGS { u1 u2 }
+
+%FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+%{
+% "foo" 'u :=
+% u
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{
+% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'.
+ "" 'u1 :=
+ "" 'u2 :=
+ 's :=
+
+% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'.
+ #1 'fullptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numfull :=
+ numfull 'fullsleft :=
+
+% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information.
+% while we have names left,
+% format the next name
+% if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end
+% else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end.
+% concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string.
+% update the counters.
+
+ { fullsleft #0 > }
+ { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 :=
+ fullsleft #2 =
+ { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := }
+ { fullsleft #2 >
+ { u1 ", " * 'u1 := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ u2 u1 * 'u2 :=
+ fullptr #1 + 'fullptr :=
+ fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+
+% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information.
+ u2
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "et~al. " * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+
+ author my.full.label % generate the first-citation information.
+
+ "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa
+ 'sort.label := % added for newapa
+ sort.label % added for newapa
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % sort by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b56b63fbe06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jbact.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@
+% BibTex `jbact' bibliography style
+% version = 1.30 of jbact.bst 1992 June 29
+% Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+% correctly handle case of missing volume.
+% [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+% version = 1.29 of jbact.bst 1992 April 21
+% from version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1991 June 10
+
+% TO BE DONE in inproceedings:
+% 1. editors are not boldface
+% 2. need comma after title, not period
+% 3. don't rearrange editor names
+% 4. no comma after editors
+% (The trouble is that there is only one name function...)
+
+% This program must be used in conjunction with jbact.sty
+
+% Thomas Schneider
+% National Cancer Institute
+% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+% Frederick, Maryland 21702-1013
+% toms@ncifcrf.gov
+%
+% This file is available by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in pub/delila.
+%
+% TITLES can be turned on and off!
+% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e. \nocite{TitlesOn})
+% and have a bibliography article in your database with that cite key!
+% Without titles is Journal of Molecular Biology;
+% With titles is Journal of Theoretical Biology.
+%
+% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and inproceedings, these
+% are formatted pretty closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology style
+% while other things are neglected. Also, I can't guarantee that the style
+% is exactly right.
+%
+% The following documentation is identical from the source of jmb.bst,
+% which was the apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive on 1989 June 19.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were
+% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they
+% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added.
+% Titles were removed :-(.
+
+% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+% than `and', as required by JMB.
+% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics.
+% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all
+% mid sentence commas go!)
+% Made volume number be bold faced.
+% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+% a comma after the name.
+% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the
+% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put
+% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title.
+% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off!
+% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+% and have a bibliography article in your database
+% with that cite key!
+% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+% titles of the article - no control! So in function
+% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+% Names in the bibliography are now connected
+% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+% "In" is now "In:".
+% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis.
+% pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+
+% 1992 April 22 Changes to match J. Bact Proof
+% year is not in parens, ends with period.
+% the first name should be 'last name first',
+% but later ones should be the other way!
+% 'and' rather than &
+% journal name is not emphasized
+% author list is bold face, ends with period
+% comma after first author when there are two authors
+% changes to match J. Bact galley proof markings
+% expand journal titles where required by J. Bact!
+% no comma after title!
+
+ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+ docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+
+ #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+ #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+
+% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+% { " " * write$ } % That does it!
+
+ { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+ docomma #0 =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { t "title" =
+ { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull % block periods
+ % { pop$ } % don't do anything
+ if$
+}
+
+% t "title" =
+% { "zowie" warning$ }
+% { duplicate$ empty$
+% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+% 'output.nonnull
+% }
+% if$
+% if$
+%}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+ write$
+% " (" extra.label * ")" * % TDS no parens in jbact
+ " " extra.label * ". " * % period after year
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { write$
+% " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ " " year * extra.label * % period after year TDS
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+%FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+%{ newline$
+% "\bibitem[" write$
+% label write$
+% "]{" write$
+% cite$ write$
+% "}" write$
+% newline$
+% ""
+% before.all 'output.state :=
+%}
+
+% do numbers instead: TDS (taken from unsrt.bst
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+
+%"TRY WITH" s * warning$
+
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+%"TRY WITH" numnames * warning$ % this gives a warning
+% the problem is that num.names$ is 1, so the loop
+% doesn't work. Looks like names weren't counted somewhere!
+
+ "{\bf " % start bold face
+
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+% the first name should be 'last name first',
+% but later ones should be the other way!
+ nameptr #1 =
+ {s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := } % last name first
+ {s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := } % first name first
+ if$
+
+% nameptr #1 =
+% {"then bbl" t * warning$}
+% {"ELSE bbl" t * warning$}
+% if$
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+% if there are EXACTY two names, put a comma after the first one!
+ numnames #2 =
+ { "," * } % TDS
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ t "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " and " * t * } % back to 'and' TDS
+% { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+
+ % if there is more than one name, then DON'T put a period
+ % at the end of the name list because it looks like Smith, J. K..
+ % otherwise put that period because the last name will end the list
+ % as in Helsberg, M. and R.~Eichenlaub.
+ numnames #1 >
+ {"." *}
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ "} " * * % end bold face end whole thing with period
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+% { author format.names }
+
+% { "{\bf " author ".} " * * format.names } % make bold face, end with .
+% doing the above causes trouble!
+% NOTE: we can't put bf here since it messes up the formatting of names!
+
+ { author format.names } % make bold face, end with .
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+% editor num.names$ #1 >
+% { ", eds" * } % TDS
+% { ", ed" * } % TDS
+% if$
+ ", (ed.)," * % TDS
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { % decide whether to give the title or not
+ givetitles #1 =
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+ { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS vol, not volume
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+% If the database has the word 'second' replace it with 2nd for J. Bact!
+ "second" =
+ { "2nd"}
+ {
+ if$
+ "third" =
+ { "3nd"}
+ { edition }
+ }
+
+ if$
+
+ " ed." *
+
+% output.state mid.sentence =
+% { edition "l" change.case$ " ed." * }
+% { edition "t" change.case$ " ed." * }
+% if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+% { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+% for some crazy reason, J.Bact wants p instead of pp
+ { "p." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In: " emphasize booktitle * } % TDS
+ { "In: " emphasize format.editors " " * *
+ booktitle * ", " *
+ } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In: " % TDS
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+ {
+ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% zzzz
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+ % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing
+ % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing
+
+ % from here on the string t will carry the journal title
+ journal 't :=
+
+ % expand journal titles where required by J. Bact! TDS
+ t "Nucl. Acids Res." =
+ { "Nucleic Acids Res." 't := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ t "J. Bact." =
+ { "J. Bacteriol." 't := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ t "Bell System Tech. J." =
+ { "Bell Syst. Tech. J." 't := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ t "Molec. Microb." =
+ { "Molec. Microbiol." 't := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ % deal with periods at the ends of titles
+ t #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+ { t } % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+ { t " " *} % NO COMMAS AFTER THE JOURNAL NAME IN J. BACT!
+% { t ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma
+ if$
+
+ %journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+ %{ journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+ %{ journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma
+ %if$
+
+% emphasize "journal" output.check % TDS
+ "journal" output.check % not emphasized any more
+
+% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ format.edition output
+ new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+% publisher "publisher" % TDS
+% address output output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+% format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+ address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% NOTE: they want a comma after the title, but that would mess
+% up the period after other titles.
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent
+
+ format.pages
+ pages empty$
+ { output }
+ { "." * output } % TDS toss in period
+ if$
+
+ format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume "." * output
+ format.number.series output
+
+% address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+% new.sentence % TDS remove period
+ organization output
+ #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+ publisher "," * output % TDS
+% publisher "publisher" output % TDS
+ address output % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+% publisher output % are simpler
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+ if$
+ "title" output.check
+
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986|
+% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ { % got it!
+% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+ "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+ #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % TDS
+% well, back to 'and'!
+% { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "{\em et al}" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label...
+ { % then increment the extra number
+ last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ % and convert it to a label
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { % else set things up for the next entry
+ "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+ % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+ year empty$
+ {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+ {"" 'extra.label :=}
+ if$
+
+% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+ label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time
+ }
+ if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+% year empty$
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+% if$ }
+% if$
+
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+ sort.label % this is based on the author name
+ " " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+% year field.or.null sortify
+%
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {pop$ cite$}
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ * " " * % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+% title field.or.null
+% sort.format.title
+% * % attach them together
+ cite$
+ * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+ % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+ % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+
+ % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+ % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5455f72645d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jmb.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1368 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Tom Schneider",
+%%% version = "1.21",
+%%% date = "29 June 1992",
+%%% time = "17:30:33 MDT",
+%%% filename = "jmb.bst",
+%%% address = "National Cancer Institute
+%%% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%%% Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013
+%%% USA",
+%%% checksum = "11681 1368 4735 33144",
+%%% email = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "molecular biology, BibTeX",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the
+%%% Journal of Molecular Biology and Journal of
+%%% Theoretical Biology. This file is available
+%%% by anonymous ftp from ncifcrf.gov in
+%%% pub/delila.
+%%%
+%%% TITLES can be turned on and off! Just nocite
+%%% the reference TitlesOn in the paper (i.e.
+%%% \nocite{TitlesOn}) and have a bibliography
+%%% article in your database with that cite key!
+%%% Without titles is Journal of Molecular
+%%% Biology; With titles is Journal of
+%%% Theoretical Biology.
+%%%
+%%% WARNING: Since I use mostly article, book and
+%%% inproceedings, these are formatted pretty
+%%% closely to the Journal of Theoretical Biology
+%%% style while other things are neglected.
+%%% Also, I can't guarantee that the style is
+%%% exactly right.
+%%%
+%%% The following documentation is identical from
+%%% the source of jmb.bst, which was the
+%%% apalike.bst taken from the Clarkson archive
+%%% on 1989 June 19.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+% BibTex `jmb' bibliography style
+% version = 1.21 of jmb.bst 1992 June 29
+% Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+% correctly handle case of missing volume.
+% [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+% version = 1.20 of jmb.bst 1990 November 16
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The program was further modified by Tom Schneider:
+%
+% 1989 June 19 (TDS) Renamed jmb.bst. Items that do not have years were
+% listed in the bibliography without identifiers. However, they
+% have identifiers in the text. The identifier was added.
+% Titles were removed :-(.
+
+% 1989 October 2 (TDS) Made labels in the paper use the & symbol rather
+% than `and', as required by JMB.
+% 1989 October 3 (TDS) Made et~al. be in italics.
+% Removed comma after journal name. (actually, all
+% mid sentence commas go!)
+% Made volume number be bold faced.
+% Converted colon (:) after volume number to a comma (,).
+% If a journal name does NOT end in a period, add
+% a comma after the name.
+% 1989 October 14 (TDS) Without a year the program used to sort on the
+% title. I made it sort on the cite$ if there is no year.
+% 1989 October 18 (TDS) If there is one reference without a year, put
+% an "a" at the end of its label, so that it comes out
+% as (Smith, a) in the text. in FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% 1989 November 2 (TDS) Unpublished papers now give the title.
+% 1989 November 18 (TDS) TITLES can be turned on and off!
+% Just nocite the reference TitlesOn in the paper
+% and have a bibliography article in your database
+% with that cite key!
+% 1989 December 5 (TDS) I can't stand sorting to fall back on the
+% titles of the article - no control! So in function
+% bib.sort.order the default is now cite$.
+% 1990 November 14 (TDS) Changes to match JTB better:
+% Names in the bibliography are now connected
+% with "\&" instead of "and", since this fits JTB better.
+% "In" is now "In:".
+% "editors" and "editor" are now "eds" and "ed".
+% booktitle follows editors. editors in parenthesis.
+% pp. and p. instead of pages and page.
+% location followed by colon (:) and then publisher.
+
+ENTRY % declare variables that have a value for each entry on the list
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+ docomma givetitles }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+
+ #0 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.toggle.switches}
+{% set switches for controlling the output!
+ #0 'givetitles := % if it is 0 then don't give titles, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+
+% % { ", " * write$ } % the comma here is responsible for every comma!
+% % % But JMB doesn't want commas, so away it goes!
+% { " " * write$ } % That does it!
+
+ { % doing a comma is controlled specifically in JMB using docomma
+ docomma #0 =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { t "title" =
+ { pop$ } % jmb ignores titles and does not object if missing
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull % block periods
+ % { pop$ } % don't do anything
+ if$
+}
+
+% t "title" =
+% { "zowie" warning$ }
+% { duplicate$ empty$
+% { pop$ "EmPtY " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+% 'output.nonnull
+% }
+% if$
+% if$
+%}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ ", using label: " extra.label * * * warning$
+ write$
+ " (" extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", eds" * } % TDS
+ { ", ed" * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { % decide whether to give the title or not
+ givetitles #1 =
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+ { title pop$ "" } % don't produce the title
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{\bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % no more colons after the volume
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma's instead
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In: " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+ { "In: " booktitle emphasize * ", " *
+ "(" format.editors ")" * * * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In: " % TDS
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In:" % this is for apalike % TDS
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ 'skip$ % Don't write out an article of this kind, it's a toggle switch!
+ {
+ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { % figure out the last character of the journal name.
+ % "<<" journal #-1 #1 substring$ ">>" * * % for testing
+ % "<" journal ">" * * % this works ok % for testing
+
+ journal #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+ { journal } % journal ended in period so don't do anything
+ { journal ", " *} % journal ended without period, so add comma
+ if$
+ emphasize "journal" output.check
+
+% journal * emphasize "journal" output.check % the original method
+
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+ address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % no comma after address
+ address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+% publisher "publisher" output.check
+% address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+% #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON FOR JMB, BUT NOT FOR JTB: inconsistent
+ format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages "," * output % TDS toss in comma instead of period
+% address output % TDS address is below for JTB
+% new.sentence % TDS remove period
+ organization output
+ #0 'docomma := % NO COMMA AFTER ADDRESS
+ address ":" * output % TDS
+ publisher "publisher" output.check % TDS
+ #1 'docomma := % comma back on
+
+% publisher output % are simpler
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+
+% Since format.title is out of commission, the original method won't work:
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% so do the equivalent of the format.title procedure: (TDS)
+ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ } % produce the title
+ if$
+ "title" output.check
+
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {check.for.titlecommand}
+% go through each entry and see if one of them has the key
+% 'TitlesOn'. If this is found, then do titles!
+% 1989 November 18 TDS
+{
+% "|" label "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius {\em et~al.}, 1986|
+% "|" cite$ "|" * * write$ newline$ % |Arrhenius1986|
+% so cite$ is the thing I want to detect...
+
+ cite$ "TitlesOn" =
+ { % got it!
+% "FOUND TitlesOn" write$ newline$
+ "Titles Will Be Printed" warning$
+ #1 'givetitles := % give titles!
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {init.toggle.switches}
+ITERATE {check.for.titlecommand}
+% ***********************************************************
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ % note new use of & rather than `and'. TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "{\em et al}" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+% pass through the references forward
+{
+%"\\ label=" label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+%"\\last.label=" last.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+
+ last.label label = % if the label repeats the previous label...
+ { % then increment the extra number
+ last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ % and convert it to a label
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { % else set things up for the next entry
+ "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+
+ % However, if the year was missing, tack on an extra "a". TDS
+ year empty$
+ {"a" 'extra.label :=}
+ {"" 'extra.label :=}
+ if$
+
+% "" 'extra.label := % the original method was not to do anything TDS
+
+ label 'last.label := % capture this label for next time
+ }
+ if$
+%"\\extra.label = " extra.label "//" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+% pass through the references backwards
+% add extra characters to the end of the label string
+{
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+ next.extra "b" =
+% original logic:
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+% next.extra "b" = { "next.extra was = b" write$ newline$} 'skip$ if$
+
+% new as of 1989 Oct 18
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% { % Put on an "a" at the end of the label if the year is missing. TDS
+% year empty$
+% { "a" 'extra.label := }
+% %{ label "a" * 'label := }
+% 'skip$ % otherwise leave it alone (orignial method)
+% if$ }
+% if$
+
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+%"{{" label "}}" * * write$ newline$ % display the label
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+% Generate the sort.key$ variables for sorting.
+% The sorting is first on the sort.label (ie, author's name), followed
+% by the year then the title. If there is no year, the cite$ is used.
+{
+ sort.label % this is based on the author name
+ " " * % tack on some space
+% original apa command was to use the year or an empty string:
+% year field.or.null sortify
+%
+% Replace that with the use of the cite$, when there is no year:
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {pop$ cite$}
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ * " " * % tack on some space
+
+% I CAN'T STAND SORTING ON TITLE!!! TDS 1989 Dec 5
+% title field.or.null
+% sort.format.title
+% * % attach them together
+ cite$
+ * % use cite$ instead!!
+
+ % note: if there is no year, then the cite$ will override the sorting
+ % on the title. Oh well. Title sorting is sorta (ha ha) awful.
+
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+
+ % The following line helps debug the program. It shows what the sort.key$ is.
+ % "%" sort.key$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+% Here is the place that the actual executions of the labeling and sorting
+% functions are done.
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % initialize variables
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order} % set up the sorting keys
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Having sorted NOW we apply the extra letters at the end!
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20abbcc2f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jtb.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Rogers",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "1990",
+%%% filename = "humanbio.bst",
+%%% address = "Dept of Anthropology, University of Utah,
+%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112",
+%%% checksum = "29497 1202 3234 26025",
+%%% email = "rogers@anthro.utah.edu",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "The file produces bibliographies more or
+%%% less in the format of the Journal of
+%%% Theoretical Biology. It was adapted from
+%%% Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+%%%
+%%% Usage: \documentstyle[astron]{...}
+%%% ...
+%%% \bibliographystyle{jtb}
+%%% ...
+%%%
+%%% The \documentstyle command above invokes
+%%% Hogeveen's `astron.sty', which must be in
+%%% TeX's search path.
+%%%
+%%% The modifications implement `\cite*{}',
+%%% which generates references in short form.
+%%% For example, `Rogers \cite*{...}' would
+%%% produce `Rogers (1992)'."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Copyright (C) 1990 Sake J. Hogeveen.
+
+% This is ASTRON.BST, a BibTeX style for use with BibTeX version 0.99c.
+% ASTRON.BST has to be used in conjunction with the LaTeX style ASTRON.STY.
+% The use of both styles is documented in ASTDOC.TEX.
+
+% ASTRON.BST is an adaptation of APALIKE.BST by Oren Patashnik and Suzan King.
+
+% This style produces citations in the `author-year' format, which is widely
+% used among astronomical journals.
+% It supports two forms of citation: the \cite command produces: (Author, year)
+% in the text; the \cite* command only: (year) .
+
+% The long an short citation trickery is adapted from NAMED.BST by
+% Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright Notice:
+% The files ASTRON.BST, ASTRON.STY, ASTDOC.TEX, ASTDOC.BIB, EXAMPLE.TEX,
+% EXAMPLE.BIB, MNEMONIC.BIB, and TEMPLATE.BIB are a package.
+% You may copy and distribute them freely for non-commercial purposes,
+% provided that you keep the package together and this copyright notice
+% in tact.
+% You may not alter or modify the files; this helps to ensure that all
+% distributions of ASTRON.BST and related files are the same.
+% If you make any modifications, then you must give the files new names,
+% other than the present.
+% The author bears no responsibilities for errors in this document or
+% the software it describes; and shall not be held liable for any indirect,
+% incidental, or consequential damages.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month not used in apalike
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { ", " * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.extra}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { ", " * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.extra}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull.extra
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.extra}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.extra
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ") " *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {boldface}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ed.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f. }{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ {" (" * editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " eds.)" * }
+ { " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.extra}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ {" (" * editor format.ed.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " eds.)" * }
+ { " ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page.number}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t "" =
+ { #0 }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "No." }
+ { "No." }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.page}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p.~" pages first.page.number * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { boldface ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.page}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { boldface ", " * pages first.page.number * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "Chapt." }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * ". " * format.editors.extra * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check.extra
+ format.vol.num.page output.extra
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.page output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address ": " * publisher * output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address ": " * publisher * output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ address ": " * publisher * output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ address ": " * publisher * output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ "Master's thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+% format.btitle "title" output.check
+% new.block
+ "Ph.D. thesis" emphasize format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ address ": " * institution * output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr,"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "\protect\astroncite{" swap$ * "}{" % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ * % the mathing closing "}" comes in at the reverse.pass
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2382d783934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/jthcarsu.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,986 @@
+% This is the modification of the BibTeX standard
+% bibliography style `unsrt'
+%
+% It is named jthcarsu.bst, for the Journal of Thoracic and
+% Cardiovascular Surgery.
+%
+% The changes have been made on 8. January, 1995 by:
+%
+% Borut Gersak Tel: ++ 386 61 1334 162
+% Department of Cardiovascular Surgery Fax: ++ 386 61 1334 162
+% Medical Center Ljubljana Internet: borut.gersak@mf.uni-lj.si
+% Zaloska 7, 61000 Ljubjana
+% Slovenia, Europe
+% (University of Ljubljana)
+%
+% If somebody from the medical field has the same problems as I
+% (modifications of *.bst for different medical journals) please let us
+% join our forces together.
+%
+% Thanks to:
+%
+% Nelson H. F. Beebe Tel: +1 801 581 5254
+% Center for Scientific Computing FAX: +1 801 581 4148
+% Department of Mathematics, 105 JWB Internet: beebe@math.utah.edu
+% University of Utah
+% Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
+%
+% who gave me some valuable information about changing the styles for BibTex.
+%
+% The changes were made in the areas:
+% FUNCTION {article}
+% FUNCTION {format.date}
+% FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+% If should be used for BibTex as follows:
+%
+%
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ {" " year * ";" * }
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78b6bb6eb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/named.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1287 @@
+%NAME: named.bst
+% BibTeX `named' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called named.bst in the BibTeX search path. (Placing it
+% in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU)
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Modifications Copyright 1988, Peter F. Patel-Schneider
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% pfps@research.att.com
+
+% Citation format: [author-last-name, year]
+% [author-last-name and author-last-name, year]
+% [author-last-name {\em et al.}, year]
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for short (year only) citations. This
+% is done by having the citations actually look like
+% \citeauthoryear{author-info}{year}
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\cite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1{##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\@biblabel#1{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2{##1, ##2}[#1]\hfill}
+% which makes \shortcite the macro for short citations.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+
+ key empty$ not and
+
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \shortcite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+
+ numnames #1 =
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+ { numnames #2 =
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll }and " format.name$ s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ *
+ }
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll }\bgroup \em et al.\egroup " format.name$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { key }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+
+ "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" *
+ year field.or.null purify$ * % CHANGED - pfps - 15 Feb 1989
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ *
+
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ *
+
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label := % CHANGED - pfps 15 Feb 1989
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c04e10fbcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/namunsrt.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ nam
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ nam write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "NAM" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e08fdd3be85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nar.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Tom Schneider",
+%%% version = "3.04",
+%%% date = "10 Sep 1991",
+%%% filename = "nar.bst",
+%%% address = "National Cancer Institute
+%%% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%%% Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013
+%%% USA",
+%%% checksum = "49904 1056 2955 21359",
+%%% email = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "nucleic acid research",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This BibTeX bibliography style is for the
+%%% journal Nucleic Acid Research. It was
+%%% adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style
+%%% file.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+% new.bst
+% nar.bst was created by Tom Schneider from unsrt.bst
+% version = 3.04 of nar.bst 1990 May 23
+% Tom Schneider
+% National Cancer Institute
+% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+% Frederick, Maryland
+% toms@ncifcrf.gov
+
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+ doblank straightnames}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+
+ #0 'doblank := % put a blanks in output.nonnul if not zero
+ #0 'straightnames := % force names to be J. B. Smith if not zero
+ % otherwise they are Smith, J. B.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {between}
+{ % what to do between output items TDS (AVOID COMMAS)
+ doblank #0 =
+ {" " * write$}
+ {write$}
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+% { ", " * write$ } % TDS NO COMMAS!!!
+ {
+ between
+ }
+
+ { output.state after.block =
+ {
+% add.period$ write$ % TDS NO PERIODS!
+ write$ % TDS NO PERIODS!
+ newline$
+% "\newblock " write$ % TDS NO NEWBLOCKS: makes for a cleaner file
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+% { add.period$ " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!!
+% { " " * write$ } % TDS NO PERIODS!!!
+ {between}
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+% the original format line: makes "J. D. Smith". TDS
+% s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % TDS old formatting
+% the new format line: makes "Smith, J. D.". TDS
+% s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % TDS new formatting
+% note, no ~ so that the format is straight for NAR.
+
+ straightnames #0 =
+ { s nameptr "{vv}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS
+ { s nameptr "{ff{ }}{vv}{ ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }% TDS
+ if$
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+% { " et~al." * } % TDS
+ { " et al." * } % TDS no ~
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{
+ #1 'straightnames := % names go as J. B. Smith for editors
+ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", (ed.)" * }
+ { ", (ed.)" * }
+% { ", editors" * }
+% { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #0 'straightnames := % names go as Smith, J. B. again
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+% 'year originally
+ {"(" year ")" * * } % TDS
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title %emphasize not for NAR! TDS
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+% { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % TDS
+ { "volume" "{\bf " volume "}, " * * tie.or.space.connect
+ % TDS add a comma and bold
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ %{ " of " * series emphasize * } TDS
+ { " of " * series } % TDS book titles not emphasized for NAR
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " edition * "l" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before
+ { " " edition * "t" change.case$ " edition" * } % TDS add space before
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+%{ volume * field.or.null
+{ "{\bf " volume * field.or.null % TDS add boldface
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS remove colon!
+ { "}, " * pages n.dashify * } % TDS replace colon with a comma
+ % TDS add a boldface
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ % add colon after "In"
+ %{ "In " booktitle emphasize * } % TDS
+ %{ "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize *
+ { "In " booktitle *} % TDS no emphasis in nar!
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle * % TDS no emphasis in nar!
+ ", " * } % TDS and tack on a comma
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * } % TDS
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In " % TDS
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " booktitle * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * } % TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * } % TDS
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date to here
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLES
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+% format.date "year" output.check % TDS move date
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+
+ format.date "year" output.check % TDS new location
+ new.block
+ #1 'doblank := % remove blanks TDS
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ ", " output % give it a comma after the title TDS
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ ", " output % give it a comma after the publisher TDS
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+% format.date "year" output.check % TDS former location
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ #0 'doblank := % blanks again TDS
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+% format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check % TDS
+ new.block
+% format.title "title" output.check % TDS NO TITLE
+% new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+% format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ ": " output % TDS put a colon
+ publisher output
+% format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+% format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ #1 'doblank := % remove blanks
+ organization output
+ ": " output % TDS put a colon after the location
+%zzz
+ publisher output
+ ". " output % TDS put a period after the publisher
+ #0 'doblank := % put back blanks
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+% format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ format.pages output % TDS pages go at the end
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d23240bdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/nature.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@
+% version = 1.05 of nature.bst 1992 June 29
+
+% 1.01 1991 July 3 last name first
+% bold face volume numbers
+% volume followed by comma, not colon
+% parenthesis around year
+% no comma after page numbers (not done yet!)
+% 1.02 1991 Aug 7 Titles removed in FUNCTION {format.title}.
+% (Should put \nocite{TitlesOn}
+% mechanism in from jmb.bst next)
+% 1.03 1991 Aug 29 in inproceedings, book title preceeds the editors!!
+% 1.04 1991 Aug 30 year at end of inproceedings
+% no 'pages' in inproceedings
+% when no comma, don't put space instead
+% 1.04 1992 Jun 29 Fix format.vol.num.pages to use field.or.null to
+% correctly handle case of missing volume.
+% [Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>]
+
+% from:
+% BibTeX standard bibliography style `unsrt'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block
+ docomma }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+
+ #1 'docomma := % if it is 0 then don't do commas, otherwise do them.
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { % doing a comma is controlled specifically using docomma
+ docomma #0 =
+ { "" * write$ } % TDS nothing if no comma
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+% { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := % TDS
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "" } % the zapped title
+% { title "t" change.case$ } % TDS NO TITLES
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+% 'year % TDS
+% { month " " * year * } % TDS
+ { " (" year * ")" * }
+ { " " month * " " * " (" year * ")" * * }
+%The preceding line was modified by Alan Rogers on 6/26/92. It used to
+%look like this: { month " " * " (" year * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+% no word in nature!
+ { "" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ "{ \bf " volume field.or.null * "}" * % make volume bold face
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+% { ":" * pages n.dashify * } % TDS
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * } % comma, not colon TDS
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+% { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ { % book title preceeds the editors!! TDS
+ "In "
+ booktitle
+ ", "
+ *
+ emphasize
+ *
+ format.editors
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ format.vol.num.pages output % these now do their own comma!!
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ {
+% new.sentence
+ #0 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS OFF
+ " (" output.nonnull
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ #1 'docomma := % TURN COMMAS ON
+ address output.nonnull
+% year is at the end TDS
+% format.date "year" output.check
+%zzz
+ year ")" * output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a0d1481397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/newapa.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1468 @@
+%$$$ newapa.bst $$$
+% BibTeX `newapa' style file for BibTeX version 0.99c, LaTeX version 2.09
+% Place it in a file called newapa.bst in the BibTeX search path.
+%(Placing it in the same directory as the LaTeX document should also work.)
+% Support for named citations is provided by named.sty
+
+% This version was made by modifying the master file made by
+% Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU), and the 'named' BibTeX
+% style of Peter F. Patel-Schneider.
+
+% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than 'newapa.bst'.
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu or 71160.3141@compuserve.com
+%
+% This style was made from 'plain.bst', 'named.bst', and 'apalike.bst',
+% with lots of tweaking to make it look like APA style, along with tips
+% from Young Ryu and Brian Reiser's modifications of 'apalike.bst'.
+%
+% Citation format: (author-last-name, year)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name, year)
+% (author-last-name {\em et al.}, year)
+% (author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name and author-last-name)
+% (author-last-name {\em et al.})
+% (year)
+%
+% Reference list ordering: alphabetical by author or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one.
+%
+% This BibTeX style has support for abbreviated author lists and for
+% year-only citations. This is done by having the citations
+% actually look like
+%
+% \citeauthoryear{full-author-info}{abbrev-author-info}{year}
+%
+% The LaTeX style has to have the following (or similar)
+%
+% \let\@internalcite\cite
+% \def\fullcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\fullciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortcite{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2, ##3}\@internalcite}
+% \def\shortciteA{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2}\@internalcite}
+% \def\citeyear{\def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##3}\@internalcite}
+%
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+% month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { ": " write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { ": " * write$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.colon}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ": " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull.space}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "\ " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {special.output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'special.output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.colon}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.colon
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check.space}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull.space
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {underline}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\underline{" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize.space}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+% { " and " * t * }
+% { ", \& " * t * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fml}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1;
+ s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s);
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+% { " and " * t * }
+ { " \& " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1;
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1;
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.fml}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names.fml
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)" * }
+ { " (Ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.dot}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (Eds.)." * }
+ { " (Ed.)." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% Note that the APA style requres case changes
+% in article titles. The following does not
+% change cases. If you perfer it, uncomment the
+% following and comment out the above.
+
+%FUNCTION {format.title}
+%{ title empty$
+% { "" }
+% { title }
+% if$
+%}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { title empty$
+ { title emphasize }
+ { "{\em " title * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.emphasize.booktitle}
+{ edition empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { booktitle emphasize }
+ { "{\em " booktitle * "\/} (" * edition * " ed.)" * "." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+% { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+% { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "(pp.\" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "(pp.\" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ ")." *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% By Young (and Spencer)
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ number empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\em " volume * "}" * }
+% { "\underline{" volume * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume emphasize.space
+ number empty$
+ {"there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { "(" number * ")" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ { "In " format.editors.fml * ", " * format.emphasize.booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In"
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In"
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors.dot
+ "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors
+ output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+% format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors.dot
+ "author and editor" output.check
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher
+ "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+% format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle.incoll
+ "booktitle" output.check.colon
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages special.output
+ new.sentence
+ address output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check.colon
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref
+ output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle
+ "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+% Reversed the order of "address" and "organization", added the ":".
+ address output
+ organization "organization" output.check.colon
+% address output
+% ":" output
+% organization output
+% format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors.dot output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution
+ "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % added
+ output.year.check % added
+ new.block
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {ai} {"Artificial Intelligence"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { fullptr numfull fullsleft }
+
+STRINGS { u1 u2 }
+
+FUNCTION {my.full.label}
+{
+% Initialize 'u1','u2','s'.
+ "" 'u1 :=
+ "" 'u2 :=
+ 's :=
+
+% Initialize 'fullptr','numfull','fullsleft'.
+ #1 'fullptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numfull :=
+ numfull 'fullsleft :=
+
+% enter the while loop which generates the first-citation information.
+% while we have names left,
+% format the next name
+% if this is the next-to-last name, tack the ampersand on the end
+% else if this isn't the last name, tack the comma on the end.
+% concatenate the next name onto the first-citation string.
+% update the counters.
+
+ { fullsleft #0 > }
+ { s fullptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 'u1 :=
+ fullsleft #2 =
+ { u1 " \& " * 'u1 := }
+ { fullsleft #2 >
+ { u1 ", " * 'u1 := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ u2 u1 * 'u2 :=
+ fullptr #1 + 'fullptr :=
+ fullsleft #1 - 'fullsleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+
+% push 'u2' onto the stack -- our first-citation information.
+ u2
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "et~al. " * }
+% { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ { " \& " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+
+ author my.full.label % generate the first-citation information.
+
+ "\protect\citeauthoryear{" swap$ * "}{" * swap$ * "}{" *
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa
+ 'sort.label := % added for newapa
+ sort.label % added for newapa
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title --- for final label calculation
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * "}" * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c138d904be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phaip.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For American Institute of Physics Journals
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #5 >
+ s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+ or 'etal :=
+ etal
+ { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { nameptr #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ etal or
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { ", " * pages first.page * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84a0dda965e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phapalik.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1943 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For American Psychological Association
+ % (same as ALPHA but with 0 set and 0 unset)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 1: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 1: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+% month not used in apalike
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e313fe16af8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phcpc.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Computer Physics Communications
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #5 >
+ s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+ or 'etal :=
+ etal
+ { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { nameptr #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ etal or
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { " " * pages first.page *}
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90dbdedac18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phiaea.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1889 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For 1 Conferences
+% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 1
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #1 > and
+ or 'etal :=
+ etal
+ { #1 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { nameptr #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ etal or
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "page" pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { " " * pages first.page *}
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3f804a6c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phjcp.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1888 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Journal of Computational Physics
+ % Cris Barnes and Dave Mikkelson, 9/25/89
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {caps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { t caps 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'title
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { ", " * pages first.page * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize
+ format.vol.num.pages
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c833bb8252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Nuclear Fusion
+ % see Nuclear Fusion Vol. 28, No. 2 (1988),
+ % "Announcement [of] Guidelines for Bibliographical Citations"
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0 and
+% 0 and 0 set to use only three names if there are
+% 6 or more. Also, no 0, and use 0 and 0.
+% There are still some nits to be picked (years in parentheses for
+% other than journals, volumes having Vol. before them and pages not
+% having p.)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #5 >
+ s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #3 > and
+ or 'etal :=
+ etal
+ { #3 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { nameptr #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ etal or
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { " " * pages first.page *}
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c7fc077908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phnflet.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1883 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Nuclear Fusion Letters
+% same as NF except for 0 and 0 set to 5
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+INTEGERS { etal }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #5 >
+ s numnames "{ll}" format.name$ "others" = numnames #5 > and
+ or 'etal :=
+ etal
+ { #5 #1 + 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { t "u" change.case$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { nameptr #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ etal or
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { " " * pages first.page *}
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a55d62d9e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phpf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1877 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Physics of Fluids, which now wants ALL the authors
+ % (Same as AIP but infinite names, abbreviate pages, and
+ % alternate incollection)
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'year
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { ", " * pages first.page * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ca7056ef6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phppcf.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2009 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % A physics version of APALIKE
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% BibTeX `apalike' bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% Adapted from the `alpha' style, version 0.99a; for BibTeX version 0.99a.
+% Copyright (C) 1988, all rights reserved.
+% Copying of this file is allowed, provided that if you make any changes at all
+% you name it something other than `apalike.bst'.
+% This restriction helps ensure that all copies are identical.
+% Differences between this style and `alpha' are generally heralded by a `%'.
+% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for alpha.bst.
+%
+% This style should be used with the `apalike' LaTeX style (apalike.sty).
+% \cite's come out like "(Jones, 1986)" in the text but there are no labels
+% in the bibliography, and something like "(1986)" comes out immediately
+% after the author. Author (and editor) names appear as last name, comma,
+% initials. A `year' field is required for every entry, and so is either
+% an author (or in some cases, an editor) field or a key field.
+%
+% Editorial note:
+% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I strongly, strongly,
+% strongly recommend that you not use it if you have a choice---use something
+% like `plain' instead. Mary-Claire van Leunen (A Handbook for Scholars,
+% Knopf, 1979) argues convincingly that a style like `plain' encourages better
+% writing than one like `apalike'. Furthermore the strongest arguments for
+% using an author-date style like `apalike'---that it's "the most practical"
+% (The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press, thirteenth
+% edition, 1982, pages 400--401)---fall flat on their face with the new
+% computer-typesetting technology. For instance page 401 anachronistically
+% states "The chief disadvantage of [a style like `plain'] is that additions
+% or deletions cannot be made after the manuscript is typed without changing
+% numbers in both text references and list." LaTeX sidesteps the disadvantage.
+%
+% History:
+% 15-sep-86 (SK,OP) Original version, by Susan King and Oren Patashnik.
+% 10-nov-86 (OP) Truncated the sort.key$ string to the correct length
+% in bib.sort.order to eliminate error message.
+% 24-jan-88 (OP) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, from alpha.bst 0.99a;
+% apalike now sorts by author, then year, then title;
+% THIS `apalike' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 1: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+% month not used in apalike
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+% apalike needs this function because
+% the year has special punctuation;
+% apalike ignores the month
+FUNCTION {output.year.check}
+{ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { write$
+ " (" year * extra.label * ")" *
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {caps}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := % last name first
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { t caps 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.key} % this function is just for apalike
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'title
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" * % this is for apalike
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ "In" % this is for apalike
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.year.check % special for apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % there's no year
+ organization output % here so things
+ publisher output % are simpler
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title output
+ new.block
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output % for apalike
+ new.sentence % we always output
+ organization output % a nonempty organization
+ publisher output % here
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output % special for
+ output.year.check % apalike
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% There are three apalike cases: one person (Jones),
+% two (Jones and de~Bruijn), and more (Jones et~al.).
+% This function is much like format.crossref.editors.
+%
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " {\em et~al.}" * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ caps * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key % apalike uses the whole key, no organization
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label % apalike ignores organization
+ 'author.key.label % for labeling and sorting
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ ", " % these three lines are
+ * % for apalike, which
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ % uses all four digits
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+% apalike uses two sorting passes; the first one sets the
+% labels so that the `a's, `b's, etc. can be computed;
+% the second pass puts the references in "correct" order.
+% The presort function is for the first pass. It computes
+% label, sort.label, and title, and then concatenates.
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$ % for
+ 'sort.label := % apalike
+ sort.label % style
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT % by label, sort.label, title---for final label calculation
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra } % apalike labels are only for the text;
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num } % there are none in the bibliography
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff} % and hence there is no `longest.label'
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+% Now that the label is right we sort for real,
+% on sort.label then year then title. This is
+% for the second sorting pass.
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+SORT % by sort.label, year, title---giving final bibliography order
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$ % no \etalchar in apalike
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$ % no labels in apalike
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..919ab181cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phreport.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1885 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create RMP-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For internal reports
+% same as AIP except for 0, 0, 0,
+% 0, 0, 0
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 0: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 0: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 0: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {paren}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "(" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ 'title
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ " " swap$ * *
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal field.or.null
+ format.vol.num.pages
+ format.date empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.date paren }
+ { " " * format.date paren * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6dd3b0d620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/phrmp.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2150 @@
+% BibTeX styles for various physics journals (27-Feb-1990).
+% This file, physics.btx, is based on the file btxbst.doc.
+ % Please notify Charles Karney (Karney@Princeton.EDU)
+ % of any bugs, improvements, etc.
+% Run this file through cpp to get specific versions. I have written
+% a version of cpp within Emacs. To access it put
+% (autoload 'cpp "tex$bibtex:cpp" ; Use cpp for BibTeX styles
+% "C preprocessor"
+% t)
+% into your .emacs file. Read in this file with
+% emacs tex$bibtex:physics.btx
+% and run cpp with e.g.,
+% M-x cpp <ret> aip <ret>
+% Save the resulting file to tex$latex:aip.bst.
+% To accomodate the variations we need (in addition to the definitions below)
+% ATIT_SUPPRESS: do not include the titles of journal articles
+% NAME_INVERT: put the initials last
+% NAME_UPPER: convert names to all caps.
+% MONTH_SUPPRESS: do not include months in journal articles
+% PAREN_DATE: dates go in parens in journal articles
+% DATE_FIRST: dates go before page numbers
+% VOLUME_SPACE: volume set off with space (not colon)
+% NUM_SUPPRESS: do not include numbers in journal articles
+% BOLD_VOL: volume numbers in bold face in journal articles
+% BRACKET_NOTE: notes in brackets
+% PAGE_START_J: include only starting page for journal articles
+% PAGE_START_O: include only starting page for other entries
+% PAGE_ABBREV: abbreviate page to p. and pages to pp.
+% PHYSICS_JOUR: include abbreviations for Physics journals
+% COMMA_DELIMIT: use comma (instead of period) to divide a citation
+% NOTE_SUPPRESS: suppress the note
+% MAX_NAMES: max number of authors before using et al (0 = infinity)
+% MIN_NAMES: number of authors to list with et al.
+% EDIT_VAR: use "edited by ..." instead of "..., editors"
+% RMP_LABELS: create 1-style labels
+% KEY_CITE: use key as label
+% NAMED_REFS: use (Smith, 1988) style of citations
+% CSC_NAMES: names set in caps and small caps
+% JOUR_DEEMPH: don't emphasize journal name
+% ETAL_EMPH: emphasize et al.
+% ALT_INCOLL alternate ordering of fields in incollections
+% These are all boolean (0 or 1) except for MAX_NAMES and MIN_NAMES.
+% These need to satisfy 0 <= MIN_NAMES <= MAX_NAMES.
+% The rule here is that if all these are defined to be zero, we revert to
+% the standard styles. For that reason we initialize them all to 0.
+% These are the original macros
+ % For Reviews of Modern Physics,
+% except first name not inverted yet and order of fields not hacked
+% This is the start of btxbst.doc
+% BibTeX `plain' family
+ % version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% 1: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% 1: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% 0: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% 1: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% 0: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% 0: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+%# define PLAIN 1
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+STRINGS { s t }
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { "," * write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+% This function finishes all entries.
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ skip$
+}
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {embolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\bf " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {bracket}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "[" swap$ * "]" * }
+ if$
+}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.edited}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "edited by " editor format.names * }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {format.pages.a}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "p." pages first.page tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null embolden
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages.a }
+ { ":" * pages first.page * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "in " booktitle emphasize * ", " * format.edited * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphazise.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/phyjfull.btx, Tue Jun 30 08:37:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@alfred.math.utah.edu>
+%% Change file names in leading comment
+% Journal Title Abbreviations from the Physical Review Style and Notation
+% Guide, July, 1983, in BAPS Vol. 28.
+% Selected by Cris Barnes and Charles Karney, March 1988
+% IMPORTANT!! Don't make changes to this file without making the
+% corresponding changes to
+% phyjabb.bib
+% phyjabb.btx
+MACRO {advp} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {ajp} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Applied Optics"}
+MACRO {apl} {"Applied Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophysical Journal"}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bulletin of the American Physical Society"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comments on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Engineering and Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Technology"}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Physics"}
+MACRO {jap} {"Journal of Applied Physics"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"Journal of Computational Physics"}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Soviet Physics-JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"Journal of Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"Journal of Fluid Mechanics"}
+MACRO {jgr} {"Journal of Geophysical Research"}
+MACRO {jmp} {"Journal of Mathematical Physics"}
+MACRO {jne} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"Journal of Nuclear Energy, Part C: Plasma Physics, Accelerators, Thermonuclear Research"}
+MACRO {jnm} {"Journal of Nuclear Materials"}
+MACRO {josa} {"Journal of the Optical Society of America"}
+MACRO {jpp} {"Journal of Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {jvst} {"Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nuclear Engineering and Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nuclear Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods"}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nuclear Technology/Fusion"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Physics of Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics"}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Physics of Fluids B: Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {pl} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {pla} {"Physics Letters A"}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Plasma Physics"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {pr} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {pra} {"Physical Review A: General Physics"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Review of Scientific Instruments"}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Soviet Journal of Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Soviet Physics-Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Soviet Physics-Technical Physics"}
+MACRO {spu} {"Soviet Physics-Uspeki"}
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+READ
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+INTEGERS { len }
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ " et~al." * }
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$
+ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { s #1 "{vv }{ll}" format.name$ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #9 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ " " * year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$ % apalike uses initials
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % <= here
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable
+% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters
+% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match
+% to that many characters!
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+ITERATE {presort}
+% And now we can sort
+SORT
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3afc319c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/plainyr.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@
+%% /usr/local/lib/tex/bibtex/plainyr.bst, Mon Jun 29 08:06:48 1992
+%% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@plot79.math.utah.edu>
+%% I've called this posting plainyr instead of the author's datasort
+%% because the latter is uninformative.
+
+% Newsgroups: comp.text.tex
+% Path: math.utah.edu!hellgate.utah.edu!cs.utexas.edu!uunet!brunix!cs.brown.edu!mpp
+% From: mpp@cns.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone)
+% Subject: Re: bibtex sorting by year
+% Message-ID: <1992Jun26.075302.21206@cs.brown.edu>
+% Sender: mpp@cs.brown.edu (Michael P. Perrone)
+% Organization: Center for Neural Science, Brown University
+% References: <1992Jun26.065942.20721@cs.brown.edu>
+% Date: Fri, 26 Jun 1992 07:53:02 GMT
+% Lines: 1128
+%
+% i figured out the bibtex problem.
+% the following bibstyle file will sort by year, author, title (in that order)
+% with the usual editor, organization (etc.) substitutions
+%
+% % ----- cut here -------------------------------
+%
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% DATASORT.BST --- created: 92.6.26 (Michael P. Perrone, Brown University)
+%
+% this is a simple hack of the plain.bst bibtex style file
+% which processes bibliography entries in chronological order
+% by year. within a year things are sort by author, title, etc.
+%
+% DISCLAIMER: if this doesn't work - sorry!
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%
+% [MODIFIED] BibTeX standard bibliography style `plain'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+ % The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort}
+{ year empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need year or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'year.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ " "
+ *
+ author field.or.null
+ sort.format.names
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33498d9e167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/refer.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+%
+% 8/4/'90
+%Ciaran McHale
+%Department of Computer Science, Trinity College, Dublin 2, Ireland.
+%Telephone: +353-1-772941 ext 1538 FAX: +353-1-772204 Telex: 93782 TCD EI
+%email: cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie or cjmchale%cs.tcd.ie@cunyvm.cuny.edu
+% Hacked together by Ciaran McHale (cjmchale@cs.tcd.ie) to translate
+% BibTeX bibliographies into refer format
+% Based on a bib style file by Kannan Varadhan
+%
+
+
+ENTRY
+ { % entry fields
+ abstract % non standard
+ address
+ annote % non standard
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ keywords % non standard
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {} % no integer entry variables
+ { label extra.label sort.label } % label entry variables
+
+
+STRINGS { s t a.name }
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {handle.names}
+{ 't := % type e.g. "A" for authors, "E" for editors
+ 's := % the string containing the names
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 'a.name :=
+
+ a.name "others" =
+ 'skip$ % don't print out "%A others"
+ { "%" t * " " * a.name * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {handle.maybe.empty}
+{
+ 't :=
+ duplicate$
+ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "%" t * " " * swap$ * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {translate}
+{
+ newline$ % get a blank line between each entry
+
+ title "T" handle.maybe.empty
+ booktitle "B" handle.maybe.empty
+
+ % there may be multiple authors so handle it differently
+ author empty$
+ { " empty author in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { author "A" handle.names }
+ if$
+ editor "E" handle.maybe.empty
+ journal "J" handle.maybe.empty
+ keywords "K" handle.maybe.empty
+ cite$ "L" handle.maybe.empty
+ volume "V" handle.maybe.empty
+ abstract "X" handle.maybe.empty
+
+ % The date, if present may be just the year or both the month and year
+ % or might even be just the month
+ month empty$ year empty$ and
+ 'skip$ % no date of publication so nothing to do
+ {
+ month empty$ % I'm using the if statement because I'm not
+ { "" } % sure that--- month " " year * --- would work.
+ { month " " * } % (The manual doesn't mention anything about
+ if$ % this so I'm playing safe)
+ year empty$
+ { "" }
+ { year }
+ if$
+ *
+ "D" handle.maybe.empty
+ }
+ if$
+ pages "P" handle.maybe.empty
+ note "O" handle.maybe.empty
+ number "N" handle.maybe.empty
+ series "S" handle.maybe.empty
+ annote "Y" handle.maybe.empty
+ address "C" handle.maybe.empty
+
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {article} { translate }
+FUNCTION {book} { translate }
+FUNCTION {booklet} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inbook} { translate }
+FUNCTION {incollection} { translate }
+FUNCTION {inproceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {manual} { translate }
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {misc} { translate }
+FUNCTION {phdthesis} { translate }
+FUNCTION {proceedings} { translate }
+FUNCTION {techreport} { translate }
+FUNCTION {unpublished} { translate }
+FUNCTION {default.type} { translate }
+
+
+READ
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05b733c0995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/beebe/xbtxbst.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,2665 @@
+% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Thu Sep 12 10:19:13 1991
+% Edit by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@magna.math.utah.edu>
+% /u/sy/beebe/tex/bib/merge/xbtxbst.doc, Wed Oct 17 08:27:24 1990
+% Edit by Nelson H.F. Beebe <beebe@sandy.math.utah.edu>
+
+% NB: Important convention: comment lines beginning with 2 (or
+% more) percents are to be preserved in the derived style
+% files. Comment lines beginning with only 1 percent can be
+% discarded (and are, if the derived files are produced with
+% the UNIX Makefile that accompanies this file.)
+
+%% =====================================================================
+%% @BibTeX-style-file{
+%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+%% version = "1.02",
+%% date = "12 September 1991",
+%% filename = "xbtxbst.doc",
+%% address = "Center for Scientific Computing
+%% Department of Mathematics
+%% South Physics Building
+%% University of Utah
+%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112
+%% USA
+%% Tel: (801) 581-5254",
+%% checksum = "50938 2665 11236 78415",
+%% email = "beebe@math.utah.edu (Internet)",
+%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%% keywords = "BibTeX, style, bibliography",
+%% supported = "yes",
+%% docstring = "This file is a modification of the standard
+%% BibTeX btxbst.doc file, or is a .bst file
+%% derived from that modification. It contains
+%% added support for ISBN and ISSN fields, as
+%% well as for the PERIODICAL entry. The UNIX C
+%% preprocessor can be used to extract the
+%% extensions of the standard styles, as
+%% follows:
+%%
+%% cpp -P -DPLAIN xbtxbst.doc is-plain.txt
+%% cpp -P -DUNSRT xbtxbst.doc is-unsrt.txt
+%% cpp -P -DALPHA xbtxbst.doc is-alpha.txt
+%% cpp -P -DABBRV xbtxbst.doc is-abbrv.txt
+%%
+%% If desired, a sed script can be used to
+%% eliminate non-essential comments (this
+%% reduces the file size by 2/3); a command
+%% filter step like
+%% sed -e '/^%$/d' -e '/^%[^%].*$/d'
+%% will accomplish that job.
+%%
+%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%% }
+%% =====================================================================
+%% Revision history (reverse time order):
+%% 1.02 [12-Sep-1991]
+%% Merge in Barbara N. Beeton's suggestion for hyphen-less
+%% line breaks around volume(number):page.
+%% 1.01 [10-Sep-1991]
+%% Update file comment header and use Solovay checksum program.
+%% 1.00 [17-Oct-1990]
+%% Original version merging hand-edits of is-xxx.bst files into
+%% this master file, xbtxbst.doc.
+
+% In the following, only essential changes have been applied; the
+% documentation immediately below referring to the use of cpp on
+% btxbst.doc has not been altered. See the docstring entry above
+% for current information.
+
+%% BibTeX `plain' family
+%% version 0.99b for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+%% Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+%% (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+%% btxbst.doc, plain.bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+%% This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+%% The file btxbst.doc has the documentation for this style.
+%
+% Please notify Oren Patashnik (PATASHNIK@SCORE.STANFORD.EDU) of any bugs in
+% these standard styles or in this documentation file.
+%
+% This is file btxbxt.doc; it helps document bibliography styles,
+% and is also a template file that you can use to make
+% several different style files, if you have access to a C preprocessor.
+% For example, the standard styles were made by doing something like
+% cpp -P -DPLAIN btxbst.doc plain.txt
+% cpp -P -DUNSRT btxbst.doc unsrt.txt
+% cpp -P -DALPHA btxbst.doc alpha.txt
+% cpp -P -DABBRV btxbst.doc abbrv.txt
+% and then renaming after removing unwanted comments and blank lines.
+% If you don't have access,
+% you can edit this file by hand to imitate the preprocessor,
+% with the following explanation of the C preprocessor constructs used here.
+%
+% The output of the preprocessor is the same as the input, except that certain
+% lines will be excluded (and some blank lines will be added). The sequence
+% #if VAR
+% lines to be included when VAR is not zero
+% #else
+% lines to be included when VAR is zero
+% #endif
+% (with the #-signs appearing in column 1) means that one set or the other of
+% the lines are to be included depending on the value of VAR.
+% The #else part is optional. Comments can be added after #else and #endif.
+% Variables can be set by
+% #define VAR value
+% and one can also use #ifdef VAR to see if VAR has any value, and #ifndef
+% to see if it has none.
+% Another #if form used in this file is #if !VAR, which includes the lines
+% after the #if only if VAR is zero.
+%
+% Convention: Use all uppercase identifiers for these preprocessor variables
+% so you can spot them easily
+%
+% The command line to the preprocessor should define one of PLAIN, UNSRT, ALPHA
+% or ABBRV (though PLAIN will be used by default if none is given),
+% and the following lines will set various boolean variables to control the
+% various lines that are chosen from the rest of the file.
+% Each boolean variable should be set true (1) or false (0) in each style.
+% Here are the current variables, and their meanings:
+% LAB_ALPH: an alphabetic label is used (if false then a numeric
+% label is used)
+% SORTED: the entries should be sorted by label (if nonnumeric)
+% and other info, like authors (if false, then
+% entries remain in order of occurrence)
+% NAME_FULL: the authors, editors, etc., get the full names as
+% given in the bibliography file (if false, the first
+% names become initials)
+% ATIT_LOWER: titles of non-"books" (e.g., articles) should be
+% converted to lower-case, except the first letter or
+% first letter after a colon
+% (if false then they appear as in the database)
+% MONTH_FULL: months are spelled out in full (if false, then
+% they're abbreviated)
+% JOUR_FULL: macro journal names are spelled out in full
+% (if false then they are abbreviated, currently
+% as they appear in ACM publications)
+#ifndef UNSRT
+# ifndef ALPHA
+# ifndef ABBRV
+# define PLAIN 1
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef PLAIN
+% plain style (sorted numbers)
+# define LAB_ALPH 0
+# define SORTED 1
+# define NAME_FULL 1
+# define ATIT_LOWER 1
+# define MONTH_FULL 1
+# define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef UNSRT
+% unsrt style (unsorted numbers)
+# define LAB_ALPH 0
+# define SORTED 0
+# define NAME_FULL 1
+# define ATIT_LOWER 1
+# define MONTH_FULL 1
+# define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef ALPHA
+% alpha style (sorted short alphabetics)
+# define LAB_ALPH 1
+# define SORTED 1
+# define NAME_FULL 1
+# define ATIT_LOWER 1
+# define MONTH_FULL 1
+# define JOUR_FULL 1
+#endif
+#ifdef ABBRV
+% abbrv style (sorted numbers, with abbreviations)
+# define LAB_ALPH 0
+# define SORTED 1
+# define NAME_FULL 0
+# define ATIT_LOWER 1
+# define MONTH_FULL 0
+# define JOUR_FULL 0
+#endif
+%
+% Entry formatting: Similar to that recommended by Mary-Claire van Leunen
+% in "A Handbook for Scholars". Book-like titles are italicized
+% (emphasized) and non-book titles are converted to sentence
+% capitilization (and not enclosed in quotes).
+% This file outputs a \newblock between major blocks of an entry
+% (the name \newblock is analogous to the names \newline and \newpage)
+% so that the user can obtain an "open" format, which has a line break
+% before each block and lines after the first are indented within blocks,
+% by giving the optional \documentstyle argument `openbib';
+% The default is the "closed" format---blocks runs together.
+%
+% Citation alphabetic label format:
+% [Knu73] for single author (or editor or key)
+% [AHU83] (first letters of last names) for multiple authors
+%
+% Citation label numberic format:
+% [number]
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, alphabetic lables:
+% alphabetical by citation label, then by author(s) or whatever
+% passes for author in the absence of one, then by year,
+% then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for sorted, numeric lables:
+% alphabetical by author(s) or whatever passes
+% for author in the absence of one, then by year, then title
+%
+% Reference list ordering for unsorted:
+% by the order cited in the text
+%
+% History
+% 12/16/84 (HWT) Original `plain' version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 12/23/84 (LL) Some comments made by Leslie Lamport.
+% 2/16/85 (OP) Changes based on LL's comments, Oren Patashnik.
+% 2/17/85 (HWT) Template file and other standard styles made.
+% 3/28/85 (OP) First release, version 0.98b for BibTeX 0.98f.
+% 5/ 9/85 (OP) Version 0.98c for BibTeX 0.98i:
+% fixed Theoretical Computer Science macro name;
+% fixed the format.vol.num.pages function.
+% 1/24/88 (OP) Version 0.99a for BibTeX 0.99a, main changes:
+% assignment operator (:=) arguments reversed;
+% the preamble$ function outputs the database PREAMBLE;
+% entry.max$ and global.max$ (built-in) variables replace
+% entry.string.max and global.string.max functions;
+% alphabetizing by year then title, not just title;
+% many unnecessary ties removed; \it ==> \em;
+% the `alpha' style uses a superscripted `+' instead of a
+% `*' for unnamed names in constructing the label;
+% the `abbrv' style now uses "Mar." and "Sept.";
+% the functions calc.label and presort now look at just
+% the fields they're supposed to;
+% BOOKLET, MASTERSTHESIS, TECHREPORT use nonbook titles;
+% INBOOK and INCOLLECTION take an optional type (e.g.
+% type = "Section"), overriding the default "chapter";
+% BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, and PROCEEDINGS now allow
+% either volume or number, not just volume;
+% INCOLLECTION now allows an edition and series field;
+% PROCEEDINGS and INPROCEEDINGS now use the address field
+% to tell where a conference was held;
+% INPROCEEDINGS and PROCEEDINGS now allow either volume
+% or number, and also a series field;
+% MASTERSTHESIS and PHDTHESIS accept types other than
+% "Master's thesis" and "PhD thesis";
+% UNPUBLISHED now outputs, in one block, note then date;
+% MANUAL now prints out the organization in
+% the first block if the author field is empty;
+% MISC can't be empty---it requires some optional field.
+% 3/23/88 (OP) Version 0.99b for BibTeX 0.99c---changed the three
+% erroneous occurrences of `cite ' to `cite$ '; this
+% change didn't affect the four standard styles, so the
+% 0.99a versions of those styles are still current.
+%
+% The ENTRY declaration
+% Like Scribe's (according to pages 231-2 of the April '84 edition),
+% but no fullauthor or editors fields because BibTeX does name handling.
+% The annote field is commented out here because this family doesn't
+% include an annotated bibliography style. And in addition to the fields
+% listed here, BibTeX has a built-in crossref field, explained later.
+
+ENTRY
+% Fields:
+ { address
+% Usually the address of a publisher or other type of organization.
+% Put information in this field only if it helps the reader find the
+% thing---for example you should omit the address of a major
+% publisher entirely. For a PROCEEDINGS or an INPROCEEDINGS,
+% however, it's the address of the conference; for those two entry
+% types, include the publisher's or organization's address, if
+% necessary, in the publisher or organization field.
+% annote
+% Long annotation---for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence).
+ author
+% Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format.
+ booktitle
+% Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+% For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+ chapter
+% Chapter (or section or whatever) number.
+ edition
+% Edition of a book---should be an ordinal (e.g., "Second").
+ editor
+% Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+% If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+% for the book or collection that the work appears in.
+ howpublished
+% How something strange has been published (begins sentence).
+ institution
+% Sponsoring institution of a technical report.
+ isbn
+% ISBN book number (a 10-digit number with optional
+% embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of
+% 0123456789X).
+ issn
+% ISSN serial publication number (an 8-digit number with optional
+% embedded spaces or hyphens, where a `digit' is one of
+% 0123456789X).
+ journal
+% Journal name (macros are provided for many).
+ key
+% Alphabetizing, labeling, and cross-referencing key
+% (needed when an entry has no author or editor).
+ month
+% Month (macros are provided).
+ note
+% To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence).
+ number
+% Number of a journal or technical report, or of a work in a series.
+ organization
+% Organization sponsoring a conference (or publishing a manual); if
+% the editor (or author) is empty, and if the organization produces
+% an awkward label or cross reference, you should put appropriately
+% condensed organization information in the key field as well.
+ pages
+% Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range, use `+'
+% to indicate pages following that don't form a simple range).
+ publisher
+% Publisher name.
+ school
+% School name (for theses).
+ series
+% The name of a series or set of books.
+% An individual book will will also have it's own title.
+ title
+% The title of the thing you're referred to.
+ type
+% Type of a Techreport (e.g., "Research Note") to be used instead of
+% the default "Technical Report"; or, similarly, the type of a
+% thesis; or of a part of a book.
+ volume
+% The volume number of a journal or multivolume work.
+ year
+% The year should contain only numerals (technically, it should end
+% with four numerals, after purification; doesn't a begin sentence).
+ }
+% There are no integer entry variables
+ {}
+% These string entry variables are used to form the citation label.
+% In a storage pinch, sort.label can be easily computed on the fly.
+#if LAB_ALPH
+#if SORTED
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+#else !SORTED
+% It doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens
+% we do things a little differently
+ { label }
+#endif SORTED
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+ { label }
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% Each entry function starts by calling output.bibitem, to write the
+% \bibitem and its arguments to the .BBL file. Then the various fields
+% are formatted and printed by output or output.check. Those functions
+% handle the writing of separators (commas, periods, \newblock's),
+% taking care not to do so when they are passed a null string.
+% Finally, fin.entry is called to add the final period and finish the
+% entry.
+%
+% A bibliographic reference is formatted into a number of `blocks':
+% in the open format, a block begins on a new line and subsequent
+% lines of the block are indented. A block may contain more than
+% one sentence (well, not a grammatical sentence, but something to
+% be ended with a sentence ending period). The entry functions should
+% call new.block whenever a block other than the first is about to be
+% started. They should call new.sentence whenever a new sentence is
+% to be started. The output functions will ensure that if two
+% new.sentence's occur without any non-null string being output between
+% them then there won't be two periods output. Similarly for two
+% successive new.block's.
+%
+% The output routines don't write their argument immediately.
+% Instead, by convention, that argument is saved on the stack to be
+% output next time (when we'll know what separator needs to come
+% after it). Meanwhile, the output routine has to pop the pending
+% output off the stack, append any needed separator, and write it.
+%
+% To tell which separator is needed, we maintain an output.state.
+% It will be one of these values:
+% before.all just after the \bibitem
+% mid.sentence in the middle of a sentence: comma needed
+% if more sentence is output
+% after.sentence just after a sentence: period needed
+% after.block just after a block (and sentence):
+% period and \newblock needed.
+% Note: These styles don't use after.sentence
+%
+% VAR: output.state : INTEGER -- state variable for output
+%
+% The output.nonnull function saves its argument (assumed to be nonnull)
+% on the stack, and writes the old saved value followed by any needed
+% separator. The ordering of the tests is decreasing frequency of
+% occurrence.
+%
+% output.nonnull(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% s := argument on stack
+% if output.state = mid.sentence then
+% write$(pop() * ", ")
+% -- "pop" isn't a function: just use stack top
+% else
+% if output.state = after.block then
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% write$("\newblock ")
+% else
+% if output.state = before.all then
+% write$(pop())
+% else -- output.state should be after.sentence
+% write$(add.period$(pop()) * " ")
+% fi
+% fi
+% output.state := mid.sentence
+% fi
+% push s on stack
+% END
+%
+% The output function calls output.nonnull if its argument is non-empty;
+% its argument may be a missing field (thus, not necessarily a string)
+%
+% output(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if not empty$(s) then output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.check function is the same as the output function except that, if
+% necessary, output.check warns the user that the t field shouldn't be empty
+% (this is because it probably won't be a good reference without the field;
+% the entry functions try to make the formatting look reasonable even when
+% such fields are empty).
+%
+% output.check(s,t) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$("empty " * t * " in " * cite$)
+% else output.nonnull(s)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The output.bibitem function writes the \bibitem for the current entry
+% (the label should already have been set up), and sets up the separator
+% state for the output functions. And, it leaves a string on the stack
+% as per the output convention.
+%
+% output.bibitem ==
+% BEGIN
+% newline$
+% write$("\bibitem[") % for alphabetic labels,
+% write$(label) % these three lines
+% write$("]{") % are used
+% write$("\bibitem{") % this line for numeric labels
+% write$(cite$)
+% write$("}")
+% push "" on stack
+% output.state := before.all
+% END
+%
+% The fin.entry function finishes off an entry by adding a period to the
+% string remaining on the stack. If the state is still before.all
+% then nothing was produced for this entry, so the result will look bad,
+% but the user deserves it. (We don't omit the whole entry because the
+% entry was cited, and a bibitem is needed to define the citation label.)
+%
+% fin.entry ==
+% BEGIN
+% write$(add.period$(pop()))
+% newline$
+% END
+%
+% The new.block function prepares for a new block to be output, and
+% new.sentence prepares for a new sentence.
+%
+% new.block ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.block
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% new.sentence ==
+% BEGIN
+% if output.state <> after.block then
+% if output.state <> before.all then
+% output.state := after.sentence
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+% the variables s and t are temporary string holders
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+#if LAB_ALPH
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ "]{" write$
+#else
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+% This function finishes all entries.
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% These three functions pop one or two (integer) arguments from the stack
+% and push a single one, either 0 or 1.
+% The 'skip$ in the `and' and `or' functions are used because
+% the corresponding if$ would be idempotent
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+% Sometimes we begin a new block only if the block will be big enough. The
+% new.block.checka function issues a new.block if its argument is nonempty;
+% new.block.checkb does the same if either of its TWO arguments is nonempty.
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+% The new.sentence.check functions are analogous.
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+% Here are some functions for formatting chunks of an entry.
+% By convention they either produce a string that can be followed by
+% a comma or period (using add.period$, so it is OK to end in a period),
+% or they produce the null string.
+%
+% A useful utility is the field.or.null function, which checks if the
+% argument is the result of pushing a `missing' field (one for which no
+% assignment was made when the current entry was read in from the database)
+% or the result of pushing a string having no non-white-space characters.
+% It returns the null string if so, otherwise it returns the field string.
+% Its main (but not only) purpose is to guarantee that what's left on the
+% stack is a string rather than a missing field.
+%
+% field.or.null(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return s
+% END
+%
+% Another helper function is emphasize, which returns the argument emphazised,
+% if that is non-empty, otherwise it returns the null string. Italic
+% corrections aren't used, so this function should be used when punctation
+% will follow the result.
+%
+% emphasize(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then return ""
+% else return "{\em " * s * "}"
+%
+% The format.names function formats the argument (which should be in
+% BibTeX name format) into "First Von Last, Junior", separated by commas
+% and with an "and" before the last (but ending with "et~al." if the last
+% of multiple authors is "others"). This function's argument should always
+% contain at least one name.
+%
+% VAR: nameptr, namesleft, numnames: INTEGER
+% pseudoVAR: nameresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% format.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% nameptr := 1
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% namesleft := numnames
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% % for full names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% % for abbreviated first names:
+% t := format.name$(s, nameptr, "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}")
+% if nameptr > 1 then
+% if namesleft > 1 then nameresult := nameresult * ", " * t
+% else if numnames > 2
+% then nameresult := nameresult * ","
+% fi
+% if t = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * " et~al."
+% else nameresult := nameresult * " and " * t
+% fi
+% fi
+% else nameresult := t
+% fi
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% The format.authors function returns the result of format.names(author)
+% if the author is present, or else it returns the null string
+%
+% format.authors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then return ""
+% else return format.names(author)
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Format.editors is like format.authors, but it uses the editor field,
+% and appends ", editor" or ", editors"
+%
+% format.editors ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(editor) then return ""
+% else
+% if num.names$(editor) > 1 then
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editors"
+% else
+% return format.names(editor) * ", editor"
+% fi
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% Other formatting functions are similar, so no "comment version" will be
+% given for them.
+%
+% The `pop$' in this function gets rid of the duplicate `empty' value and
+% the `skip$' returns the duplicate field value
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+#if NAME_FULL
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+#else
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+#endif NAME_FULL
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", editors" * }
+ { ", editor" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "ISBN " isbn * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { new.block "ISSN " issn * }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.title function is used for non-book-like titles.
+% For most styles we convert to lowercase (except for the very first letter,
+% and except for the first one after a colon (followed by whitespace)),
+% and hope the user has brace-surrounded words that need to stay capitilized;
+% for some styles, however, we leave it as it is in the database.
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+#if ATIT_LOWER
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+#else
+ 'title
+#endif ATIT_LOWER
+ if$
+}
+
+% By default, BibTeX sets the global integer variable global.max$ to the BibTeX
+% constant glob_str_size, the maximum length of a global string variable.
+% Analogously, BibTeX sets the global integer variable entry.max$ to
+% ent_str_size, the maximum length of an entry string variable.
+% The style designer may change these if necessary (but this is unlikely)
+
+% The n.dashify function makes each single `-' in a string a double `--'
+% if it's not already
+%
+% pseudoVAR: pageresult: STRING (it's what's accumulated on the stack)
+%
+% n.dashify(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% pageresult := ""
+% while (not empty$(t))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-")
+% then
+% if (next character isn't)
+% then
+% pageresult := pageresult * "--"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% else
+% while (first character of t = "-")
+% do
+% pageresult := pageresult * "-"
+% t := t with the "-" removed
+% od
+% fi
+% else
+% pageresult := pageresult * the first character
+% t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return pageresult
+% END
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+% The format.date function is for the month and year, but we give a warning if
+% there's an empty year but the month is there, and we return the empty string
+% if they're both empty.
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.btitle is for formatting the title field when it is a book-like
+% entry---the style used here keeps it in uppers-and-lowers and emphasizes it.
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+% For several functions we'll need to connect two strings with a
+% tie (~) if the second one isn't very long (fewer than 3 characters).
+% The tie.or.space.connect function does that. It concatenates the two
+% strings on top of the stack, along with either a tie or space between
+% them, and puts this concatenation back onto the stack:
+%
+% tie.or.space.connect(str1,str2) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if text.length$(str2) < 3
+% then return the concatenation of str1, "~", and str2
+% else return the concatenation of str1, " ", and str2
+% END
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+% The either.or.check function complains if both fields or an either-or pair
+% are nonempty.
+%
+% either.or.check(t,s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(s) then
+% warning$(can't use both " * t * " fields in " * cite$)
+% fi
+% END
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.bvolume function is for formatting the volume and perhaps
+% series name of a multivolume work. If both a volume and a series field
+% are there, we assume the series field is the title of the whole multivolume
+% work (the title field should be the title of the thing being referred to),
+% and we add an "of <series>". This function is called in mid-sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.number.series function is for formatting the series name
+% and perhaps number of a work in a series. This function is similar to
+% format.bvolume, although for this one the series must exist (and the
+% volume must not exist). If the number field is empty we output either
+% the series field unchanged if it exists or else the null string.
+% If both the number and series fields are there we assume the series field
+% gives the name of the whole series (the title field should be the title
+% of the work being one referred to), and we add an "in <series>".
+% We capitilize Number when this function is used at the beginning of a block.
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.edition function appends " edition" to the edition, if present.
+% We lowercase the edition (it should be something like "Third"), because
+% this doesn't start a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edition" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.pages function is used for formatting a page range in a book
+% (and in rare circumstances, an article).
+%
+% The multi.page.check function examines the page field for a "-" or "," or "+"
+% so that format.pages can use "page" instead of "pages" if none exists.
+% Note: global.max$ here means "take the rest of the string"
+%
+% VAR: multiresult: INTEGER (actually, a boolean)
+%
+% multi.page.check(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% t := s
+% multiresult := false
+% while ((not multiresult) and (not empty$(t)))
+% do
+% if (first character of t = "-" or "," or "+")
+% then multiresult := true
+% else t := t with the first character removed
+% fi
+% od
+% return multiresult
+% END
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+% This function doesn't begin a sentence so "pages" isn't capitalized.
+% Other functions that use this should keep that in mind.
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "page" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.vol.num.pages function is for the volume, number, and page range
+% of a journal article. We use the format: vol(number):pages, with some
+% variations for empty fields. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\penalty0 (" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":\penalty0 " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+% The format.chapter.pages, if the chapter is present, puts whatever is in the
+% type field (or else "chapter" if type is empty) in front of a chapter number.
+% It then appends the pages, if present. This doesn't begin a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chapter" }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The format.in.ed.booktitle function is used for starting out a sentence
+% that begins "In <booktitle>", putting an editor before the title if one
+% exists.
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "In " booktitle emphasize * }
+ { "In " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The function empty.misc.check complains if all six fields are empty, and
+% if there's been no sorting or alphabetic-label complaint.
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+#if SORTED
+ key empty$ not and
+#else !SORTED
+#if LAB_ALPH
+ key empty$ not and
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+#endif SORTED
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+% The function format.thesis.type returns either the (case-changed) type field,
+% if it is defined, or else the default string already on the stack
+% (like "Master's thesis" or "PhD thesis").
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% The function format.tr.number makes a string starting with "Technical Report"
+% (or type, if that field is defined), followed by the number if there is one;
+% it returns the starting part (with a case change) even if there is no number.
+% This is used at the beginning of a sentence.
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Technical Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+% Now come the cross-referencing functions (these are invoked because
+% one entry in the database file(s) cross-references another, by giving
+% the other entry's database key in a `crossref' field). This feature
+% allows one or more titled things that are part of a larger titled
+% thing to cross-reference the larger thing. These styles allow for
+% five posibilities: (1) an ARTICLE may cross-reference an ARTICLE;
+% (2) a BOOK, (3) INBOOK, or (4) INCOLLECTION may cross-reference a BOOK;
+% or (5) an INPROCEEDINGS may cross-reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Each of these is explained in more detail later.
+%
+% An ARTICLE entry type may cross reference another ARTICLE (this is
+% intended for when an entire journal is devoted to a single topic---
+% but since there is no JOURNAL entry type, the journal, too, should be
+% classified as an ARTICLE but without the author and title fields).
+% This will result in two warning messages for the journal's entry
+% if it's included in the reference list, but such is life.
+%
+% format.article.crossref ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(key) then
+% if empty$(journal) then
+% warning$("need key or journal for " * cite$ *
+% " to crossref " * crossref)
+% return(" \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% else
+% return("In " * emphasize.correct (journal) *
+% " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% else
+% return("In " * key * " \cite{" * crossref * "}")
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% The other cross-referencing functions are similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " journal * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% We use just the last names of editors for a cross reference: either
+% "editor", or "editor1 and editor2", or "editor1 et~al." depending on
+% whether there are one, or two, or more than two editors.
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% A BOOK (or INBOOK) entry type (assumed to be for a single volume in a
+% multivolume work) may cross reference another BOOK (the entire multivolume).
+% Usually there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct the
+% cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else the series
+% field (since the series gives the title of the multivolume work).
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "In "
+ }
+ { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% An INCOLLECTION entry type may cross reference a BOOK (assumed to be the
+% collection), or an INPROCEEDINGS may cross reference a PROCEEDINGS.
+% Often there will be an editor, in which case we use that to construct
+% the cross reference; otherwise we use a nonempty key field or else
+% the booktitle field (which gives the cross-referenced work's title).
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "In {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "In " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+% Now we define the type functions for all entry types that may appear
+% in the .BIB file---e.g., functions like `article' and `book'. These
+% are the routines that actually generate the .BBL-file output for
+% the entry. These must all precede the READ command. In addition, the
+% style designer should have a function `default.type' for unknown types.
+% Note: The fields (within each list) are listed in order of appearance,
+% except as described for an `inbook' or a `proceedings'.
+%
+% The article function is for an article in a journal. An article may
+% CROSSREF another article.
+% Required fields: author, title, journal, year
+% Optional fields: volume, number, pages, month, note
+%
+% article ==
+% BEGIN
+% output.bibitem
+% output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.title,"title")
+% new.block
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output.check(emphasize(journal),"journal")
+% output(format.vol.num.pages)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% else
+% output.nonnull(format.article.crossref)
+% output(format.pages)
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The book function is for a whole book. A book may CROSSREF another book.
+% Required fields: author or editor, title, publisher, year
+% Optional fields: volume or number, series, address, edition, month,
+% note
+%
+% book ==
+% BEGIN
+% if empty$(author) then output.check(format.editors,"author and editor")
+% else output.check(format.authors,"author")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% either.or.check("author and editor",editor)
+% fi
+% fi
+% new.block
+% output.check(format.btitle,"title")
+% if missing$(crossref) then
+% output(format.bvolume)
+% new.block
+% output(format.number.series)
+% new.sentence
+% output.check(publisher,"publisher")
+% output(address)
+% else
+% new.block
+% output.nonnull(format.book.crossref)
+% fi
+% output(format.edition)
+% output.check(format.date,"year")
+% new.block
+% output(note)
+% fin.entry
+% END
+%
+% The other entry functions are all quite similar, so no "comment version"
+% will be given for them.
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A booklet is a bound thing without a publisher or sponsoring institution.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, howpublished, address, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% For the conference entry type, see inproceedings.
+
+% An inbook is a piece of a book: either a chapter and/or a page range.
+% It may CROSSREF a book. If there's no volume field, the type field
+% will come before number and series.
+% Required: author or editor, title, chapter and/or pages, publisher,year
+% Optional: volume or number, series, type, address, edition, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% An incollection is like inbook, but where there is a separate title
+% for the referenced thing (and perhaps an editor for the whole).
+% An incollection may CROSSREF a book.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, publisher, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, type, chapter, pages,
+% address, edition, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% An inproceedings is an article in a conference proceedings, and it may
+% CROSSREF a proceedings. If there's no address field, the month (& year)
+% will appear just before note.
+% Required: author, title, booktitle, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, pages, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% The conference function is included for Scribe compatibility.
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+% A manual is technical documentation.
+% Required: title
+% Optional: author, organization, address, edition, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A mastersthesis is a Master's thesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A misc is something that doesn't fit elsewhere.
+% Required: at least one of the `optional' fields
+% Optional: author, title, howpublished, month, year, note
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ format.issn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+% A phdthesis is like a mastersthesis.
+% Required: author, title, school, year
+% Optional: type, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A periodical is a publication that appears at regular
+% intervals. This includes journals, magazines, and newspapers.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the
+% organization will appear as the first optional field (we try to
+% make the first block nonempty); if there's no address field,
+% the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, key
+% Optional: editor, volume, number, series, address, month, year,
+% organization, publisher, note, issn,
+% howpublished
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ title emphasize "title" output.check
+% format.bvolume output
+% format.number.series output
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date output
+ format.issn output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ address output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A proceedings is a conference proceedings.
+% If there is an organization but no editor field, the organization will
+% appear as the first optional field (we try to make the first block nonempty);
+% if there's no address field, the month (& year) will appear just before note.
+% Required: title, year
+% Optional: editor, volume or number, series, address, month,
+% organization, publisher, note
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% A techreport is a technical report.
+% Required: author, title, institution, year
+% Optional: type, number, address, month, note
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% An unpublished is something that hasn't been published.
+% Required: author, title, note
+% Optional: month, year
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+% We use entry type `misc' for an unknown type; BibTeX gives a warning.
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+% Here are macros for common things that may vary from style to style.
+% Users are encouraged to use these macros.
+%
+% Months are either written out in full or abbreviated
+
+#if MONTH_FULL
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+#else !MONTH_FULL
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+#endif MONTH_FULL
+
+% Journals are either written out in full or abbreviated;
+% the abbreviations are like those found in ACM publications.
+%
+% To get a completely different set of abbreviations, it may be best to make
+% a separate .bib file with nothing but those abbreviations; users could then
+% include that file name as the first argument to the \bibliography command
+
+#if JOUR_FULL
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+#else !JOUR_FULL
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+
+#endif JOUR_FULL
+
+% Now we read in the .BIB entries.
+
+READ
+
+% The sortify function converts to lower case after purify$ing; it's
+% used in sorting and in computing alphabetic labels after sorting
+%
+% The chop.word(w,len,s) function returns either s or, if the first len
+% letters of s equals w (this comparison is done in the third line of the
+% function's definition), it returns that part of s after w.
+
+#if SORTED
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+#else !SORTED
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+% We need the chop.word stuff for the dubious unsorted-list-with-labels case.
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+#endif SORTED
+
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels
+%
+% The format.lab.names function makes a short label by using the initials of
+% the von and Last parts of the names (but if there are more than four names,
+% (i.e., people) it truncates after three and adds a superscripted "+";
+% it also adds such a "+" if the last of multiple authors is "others").
+% If there is only one name, and its von and Last parts combined have just
+% a single name-token ("Knuth" has a single token, "Brinch Hansen" has two),
+% we take the first three letters of the last name. The boolean
+% et.al.char.used tells whether we've used a superscripted "+", so that we
+% know whether to include a LaTeX macro for it.
+%
+% format.lab.names(s) ==
+% BEGIN
+% numnames := num.names$(s)
+% if numnames > 1 then
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% namesleft := 3
+% else
+% namesleft := numnames
+% nameptr := 1
+% nameresult := ""
+% while namesleft > 0
+% do
+% if (name_ptr = numnames) and
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}") = "others"
+% then nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else nameresult := nameresult *
+% format.name$(s, nameptr, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% nameptr := nameptr + 1
+% namesleft := namesleft - 1
+% od
+% if numnames > 4 then
+% nameresult := nameresult * "{\etalchar{+}}"
+% et.al.char.used := true
+% else
+% t := format.name$(s, 1, "{v{}}{l{}}")
+% if text.length$(t) < 2 then % there's just one name-token
+% nameresult := text.prefix$(format.name$(s,1,"{ll}"),3)
+% else
+% nameresult := t
+% fi
+% fi
+% return nameresult
+% END
+%
+% Exactly what fields we look at in constructing the primary part of the label
+% depends on the entry type; this selectivity (as opposed to, say, always
+% looking at author, then editor, then key) helps ensure that "ignored" fields,
+% as described in the LaTeX book, really are ignored. Note that MISC is part
+% of the deepest `else' clause in the nested part of calc.label; thus, any
+% unrecognized entry type in the database is handled correctly.
+%
+% There is one auxiliary function for each of the four different sequences of
+% fields we use. The first of these functions looks at the author field, and
+% then, if necessary, the key field. The other three functions, which might
+% look at two fields and the key field, are similar, except that the key field
+% takes precedence over the organization field (for labels---not for sorting).
+%
+% The calc.label function calculates the preliminary label of an entry, which
+% is formed by taking three letters of information from the author or editor or
+% key or organization field (depending on the entry type and on what's empty,
+% but ignoring a leading "The " in the organization), and appending the last
+% two characters (digits) of the year. It is an error if the appropriate fields
+% among author, editor, organization, and key are missing, and we use
+% the first three letters of the cite$ in desperation when this happens.
+% The resulting label has the year part, but not the name part, purify$ed
+% (purify$ing the year allows some sorting shenanigans by the user).
+%
+% This function also calculates the version of the label to be used in sorting.
+%
+% The final label may need a trailing 'a', 'b', etc., to distinguish it from
+% otherwise identical labels, but we can't calculated those "extra.label"s
+% until after sorting.
+%
+% calc.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% if type$ = "book" or "inbook" then
+% author.editor.key.label
+% else if type$ = "proceedings" then
+% editor.key.organization.label
+% else if type$ = "manual" then
+% author.key.organization.label
+% else
+% author.key.label
+% fi fi fi
+% label := label * substring$(purify$(field.or.null(year)), -1, 2)
+% % assuming we will also sort, we calculate a sort.label
+% sort.label := sortify(label), but use the last four, not two, digits
+% END
+
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames #1 >
+ { numnames #4 >
+ { #3 'namesleft := }
+ { numnames 'namesleft := }
+ if$
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr numnames =
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ numnames #4 >
+ { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+ #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+ { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+#if SORTED
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later
+ { "for label, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }
+#endif SORTED
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+#if SORTED
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later
+ { "for label, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }
+#endif SORTED
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+#if SORTED
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later
+ { "for label, need author, key, or organization in " cite$ *
+ warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }
+#endif SORTED
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { organization empty$
+#if SORTED
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+#else !SORTED % need warning here because we won't give it later
+ { "for label, need editor, key, or organization in " cite$ *
+ warning$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }
+#endif SORTED
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.organization.label
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.key.organization.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+ year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+ *
+ sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+% It doesn't seem like a particularly good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but we need to have a
+% special pass to calculate labels when this happens.
+
+#if !SORTED
+
+ITERATE {calc.label}
+
+#endif !SORTED
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% When sorting, we compute the sortkey by executing "presort" on each entry.
+% The presort key contains a number of "sortify"ed strings, concatenated
+% with multiple blanks between them. This makes things like "brinch per"
+% come before "brinch hansen per".
+%
+% The fields used here are: the sort.label for alphabetic labels (as set by
+% calc.label), followed by the author names (or editor names or organization
+% (with a leading "The " removed) or key field, depending on entry type and on
+% what's empty), followed by year, followed by the first bit of the title
+% (chopping off a leading "The ", "A ", or "An ").
+% Names are formatted: Von Last First Junior.
+% The names within a part will be separated by a single blank
+% (such as "brinch hansen"), two will separate the name parts themselves
+% (except the von and last), three will separate the names,
+% four will separate the names from year (and from label, if alphabetic),
+% and four will separate year from title.
+%
+% The sort.format.names function takes an argument that should be in
+% BibTeX name format, and returns a string containing " "-separated
+% names in the format described above. The function is almost the same
+% as format.names.
+
+#if SORTED
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+#if NAME_FULL
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+#else
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+#endif NAME_FULL
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+% The sort.format.title function returns the argument,
+% but first any leading "A "'s, "An "'s, or "The "'s are removed.
+% The chop.word function uses s, so we need another string variable, t
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+% The auxiliary functions here, for the presort function, are analogous to
+% the ones for calc.label; the same comments apply, except that the
+% organization field takes precedence here over the key field. For sorting
+% purposes, we still remove a leading "The " from the organization field.
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% There is a limit, entry.max$, on the length of an entry string variable
+% (which is what its sort.key$ is), so we take at most that many characters
+% of the constructed key, and hope there aren't many references that match
+% to that many characters!
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+#if LAB_ALPH
+{ calc.label
+ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+{ type$ "book" =
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+#if LAB_ALPH
+ *
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+% And now we can sort
+
+SORT
+
+#endif SORTED
+
+% This long comment applies only to alphabetic labels, when sorted
+%
+% Now comes the final computation for alphabetic labels, putting in the 'a's
+% and 'b's and so forth if required. This involves two passes: a forward
+% pass to put in the 'b's, 'c's and so on, and a backwards pass
+% to put in the 'a's (we don't want to put in 'a's unless we know there
+% are 'b's).
+% We have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+%
+% VAR: longest.label, last.sort.label, next.extra: string
+% longest.label.width, last.extra.num: integer
+%
+% initialize.longest.label ==
+% BEGIN
+% longest.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := int.to.chr$(0)
+% next.extra := ""
+% longest.label.width := 0
+% last.extra.num := 0
+% END
+%
+% forward.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if last.sort.label = sort.label then
+% last.extra.num := last.extra.num + 1
+% extra.label := int.to.chr$(last.extra.num)
+% else
+% last.extra.num := chr.to.int$("a")
+% extra.label := ""
+% last.sort.label := sort.label
+% fi
+% END
+%
+% reverse.pass ==
+% BEGIN
+% if next.extra = "b" then
+% extra.label := "a"
+% fi
+% label := label * extra.label
+% if width$(label) > longest.label.width then
+% longest.label := label
+% longest.label.width := width$(label)
+% fi
+% next.extra := extra.label
+% END
+
+#if LAB_ALPH
+
+#if SORTED
+
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+#else !SORTED
+
+% It still doesn't seem like a good idea to use an order-of-citation
+% reference list when using alphabetic labels, but when this happens we
+% must compute the longest label
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+#endif SORTED
+
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+
+% Now comes the computation for numeric labels.
+% We use either the sorted order or original order.
+% We still have to keep track of the longest (in width$ terms) label, for use
+% by the "thebibliography" environment.
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+
+% Now we're ready to start writing the .BBL file.
+% We begin, if necessary, with a LaTeX macro for unnamed names in an alphabetic
+% label; next comes stuff from the `preamble' command in the database files.
+% Then we give an incantation containing the command
+% \begin{thebibliography}{...}
+% where the `...' is the longest label.
+%
+% We also call init.state.consts, for use by the output routines.
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+#if LAB_ALPH
+{ et.al.char.used
+ { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ preamble$ empty$
+#else !LAB_ALPH
+{ preamble$ empty$
+#endif LAB_ALPH
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+% Now we produce the output for all the entries
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+% Finally, we finish up by writing the `\end{thebibliography}' command.
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}